WO2018018628A1 - 参考信号序列的映射方法、配置方法、基站和用户设备 - Google Patents

参考信号序列的映射方法、配置方法、基站和用户设备 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018018628A1
WO2018018628A1 PCT/CN2016/092409 CN2016092409W WO2018018628A1 WO 2018018628 A1 WO2018018628 A1 WO 2018018628A1 CN 2016092409 W CN2016092409 W CN 2016092409W WO 2018018628 A1 WO2018018628 A1 WO 2018018628A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
frequency domain
sub
resource
information
domain resource
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2016/092409
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
黎超
孙迎花
刘哲
张兴炜
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2016/092409 priority Critical patent/WO2018018628A1/zh
Priority to JP2019504758A priority patent/JP2019527972A/ja
Priority to CN201680087866.8A priority patent/CN109644416B/zh
Priority to EP16910208.4A priority patent/EP3484216A4/en
Priority to KR1020197005376A priority patent/KR20190034258A/ko
Priority to BR112019001706A priority patent/BR112019001706A2/pt
Publication of WO2018018628A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018018628A1/zh
Priority to US16/261,357 priority patent/US20190159153A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0048—Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver
    • H04L5/005—Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver of common pilots, i.e. pilots destined for multiple users or terminals
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W56/00—Synchronisation arrangements
    • H04W56/001—Synchronization between nodes
    • H04W56/0015—Synchronization between nodes one node acting as a reference for the others
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L27/00—Modulated-carrier systems
    • H04L27/26—Systems using multi-frequency codes
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0001—Arrangements for dividing the transmission path
    • H04L5/0003—Two-dimensional division
    • H04L5/0005—Time-frequency
    • H04L5/0007—Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A), DMT
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0048—Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver
    • H04L5/0051—Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver of dedicated pilots, i.e. pilots destined for a single user or terminal
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0091—Signaling for the administration of the divided path
    • H04L5/0092—Indication of how the channel is divided
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W56/00—Synchronisation arrangements
    • H04W56/001—Synchronization between nodes
    • H04W56/0025—Synchronization between nodes synchronizing potentially movable access points
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W92/00—Interfaces specially adapted for wireless communication networks
    • H04W92/16—Interfaces between hierarchically similar devices
    • H04W92/18—Interfaces between hierarchically similar devices between terminal devices

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of communications, and more particularly to a mapping method, a configuration method, a base station, and a user equipment of a reference signal sequence.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • a reference signal sequence of a Demodulation Reference Signal is generated in each time slot, and a root sequence number of the reference signal sequence used in different frequency domain bandwidths is completely
  • DMRS Demodulation Reference Signal
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a mapping method, a configuration method, a base station, and a user equipment of a reference signal sequence, which can flexibly allocate a generation parameter of a reference signal according to multiplexing conditions of each UE scheduled by a base station, thereby increasing multiplexing of multiple users.
  • a mapping method, a configuration method, a base station, and a user equipment of a reference signal sequence which can flexibly allocate a generation parameter of a reference signal according to multiplexing conditions of each UE scheduled by a base station, thereby increasing multiplexing of multiple users.
  • ability to enhance scheduling flexibility can enhance scheduling flexibility.
  • a mapping method of a reference signal sequence comprising: determining sequence parameters corresponding to at least one sub-frequency domain resource of the UE, wherein one sub-frequency domain resource corresponds to a sequence parameter; according to the sequence parameter Generating a reference signal sequence; mapping the reference signal sequence to a physical resource corresponding to at least one sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the specific reference is that the reference signal is a DMRS, and the at least one sub-frequency domain resource includes some or all of the sub-carriers in a data bandwidth in which the DMRS is located.
  • the sequence parameter includes at least one of the following: a root sequence index of the reference signal sequence, and a cyclic shift Value or orthogonal cover code.
  • the specific sequence is that the sequence parameter corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource is the first of the first sub-frequency domain resources.
  • the first sub-frequency domain resource is one of the at least one sub-frequency domain resource determined by the resource index value.
  • the specific sequence implementation is: the sequence group hop of the first sequence index and/or the sequence hop is determined by the first resource index value. Determining, wherein the first root sequence index is a root sequence index in a sequence parameter corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the method further includes: acquiring first information, where the first information is used to indicate that the at least one sub-frequency domain resource corresponds to The sequence parameter is determined by determining the sequence parameter corresponding to the at least one sub-frequency domain resource, and determining, according to the first information, a sequence parameter corresponding to the at least one sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the method further includes: acquiring first information, where the first information is used to indicate that the at least one sub-frequency domain resource corresponds to And determining, by the at least one sequence parameter, the sequence parameter corresponding to the at least one sub-frequency domain resource is: determining the at least one sub-frequency domain resource according to the first information and the resource index value corresponding to the at least one sub-frequency domain resource Corresponding to the at least one sequence parameter.
  • the sequence parameter indicated by the first information is an absolute value or a relative value.
  • the method further includes: determining the at least one sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the at least one sub-frequency domain resource is signaling indicated or predefined or pre-configured.
  • the method further includes: acquiring second information, where the second information is used to indicate the at least one sub-frequency domain resource; Determining the at least one sub-frequency domain resource, the specific implementation is: according to the second information The at least one sub-frequency domain resource is determined.
  • the specific information is that the second information includes a multiplexing manner of the at least one sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the multiplexing manner includes frequency division multiplexing and/or code division multiplexing.
  • the specific implementation is: when the at least one sub-frequency domain resource is two or more sub-frequency domain resources, each The sub-frequency domain resources are multiplexed in the same manner; or at least two sub-frequency domain resources are multiplexed differently.
  • a user equipment including: a processing module and a transmitting module, where the processing module is configured to: determine sequence parameters corresponding to at least one sub-frequency domain resource of the user equipment, and generate a reference signal according to the sequence parameter The sequence, wherein a sub-frequency domain resource corresponds to a sequence parameter; the processing module is further configured to map the reference signal sequence to the physical resource corresponding to the at least one sub-frequency domain resource by using the transmitting module.
  • the specific reference is that the reference signal is a DMRS, and the at least one sub-frequency domain resource includes some or all of the sub-carriers in a data bandwidth in which the DMRS is located.
  • the sequence parameter includes at least one of the following: a root sequence index of the reference signal sequence, and a cyclic shift Value or orthogonal cover code.
  • the specific sequence is that the sequence parameter corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource is the first of the first sub-frequency domain resources.
  • the first sub-frequency domain resource is one of the at least one sub-frequency domain resource determined by the resource index value.
  • the specific sequence implementation is: the sequence group hop of the first sequence index and/or the sequence hop is determined by the first resource index value. Determining, wherein the first root sequence index is a root sequence index in a sequence parameter corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the processing module is further configured to: acquire the first information, where the first information is used to indicate the at least one sub-frequency domain resource Corresponding sequence parameter; wherein the processing module is configured to determine a sequence parameter corresponding to the at least one sub-frequency domain resource according to the first information.
  • the processing module is further configured to: acquire the first information, where the first information is used to indicate the at least one sub-frequency domain resource Corresponding at least one sequence parameter, wherein the processing module is configured to: determine the at least one sequence parameter corresponding to the at least one sub-frequency domain resource according to the first information and the resource index value corresponding to the at least one sub-frequency domain resource .
  • the specific sequence parameter indicated by the first information is an absolute value or a relative value.
  • the processing module is further configured to: determine the at least one sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the at least one sub-frequency domain resource is signaling indicated or predefined or pre-configured.
  • the processing module is further configured to: acquire second information, where the second information is used to indicate the at least one sub-frequency domain resource
  • the processing module is configured to: determine the at least one sub-frequency domain resource according to the second information.
  • the specific information is that the second information includes a multiplexing manner of the at least one sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the multiplexing manner includes frequency division multiplexing and/or code division multiplexing.
  • the specific implementation is: when the at least one sub-frequency domain resource is two or more sub-frequency domain resources, each The sub-frequency domain resources are multiplexed in the same manner; or at least two sub-frequency domain resources are multiplexed differently.
  • another user equipment comprising a processor, a transmitter and a receiver for performing any of the possible implementations of the first aspect or the first aspect by the transmitter and the receiver Methods.
  • a computer readable storage medium for storing a computer program comprising instructions for performing the method of the first aspect or any of the possible implementations of the first aspect.
  • a method for configuring a reference signal sequence includes: generating first information, where the first information is used to indicate sequence parameters corresponding to at least one sub-frequency domain resource,
  • the at least one sub-frequency domain resource is a frequency domain resource used by the first UE to map a reference signal sequence, where each sub-frequency domain resource of the first UE corresponds to a sequence parameter; and the first information is sent to the first UE. .
  • the specific reference is that the reference signal is a DMRS, and the at least one sub-frequency domain resource includes some or all subcarriers in a data bandwidth of the DMRS of the first UE. .
  • the sequence parameter includes at least one of: a root sequence index of the reference signal sequence, and a cyclic shift Value or orthogonal cover code.
  • the method further includes: generating second information, where the second information is used to indicate the at least one sub-frequency domain resource; The first UE sends the second information.
  • the specific information is that the second information includes a multiplexing manner of the at least one sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the specific implementation is: when the at least one sub-frequency domain resource is two or more sub-frequency domain resources, each The reference signal sequence of the sub-frequency domain resource is multiplexed in the same manner; or at least two reference signal sequences of the sub-frequency domain resource are multiplexed differently.
  • the method further includes: generating third information, where the third information is used in the frequency domain resource of the second UE Transmitting a sequence parameter corresponding to the at least one sub-frequency domain resource of the reference signal, where the second sub-frequency domain resource of the at least one sub-frequency domain resource of the second UE is the first one of the at least one sub-frequency domain resource of the first UE All or part of the frequency domain resource of the sub-frequency domain resource, and the second sub-frequency domain resource and the sequence parameter corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource are different; and the third information is sent to the second UE.
  • a base station, a processing module, and a transmitting module are provided, where the processing module is configured to generate first information, where the first information is used to indicate sequence parameters corresponding to at least one sub-frequency domain resource, where the at least one A sub-frequency domain resource is a frequency domain resource used by the first UE to map a reference signal sequence, where each sub-frequency domain resource of the first UE corresponds to a sequence parameter, and the transmitting module is configured to send to the first UE.
  • the first information is used to indicate sequence parameters corresponding to at least one sub-frequency domain resource, where the at least one A sub-frequency domain resource is a frequency domain resource used by the first UE to map a reference signal sequence, where each sub-frequency domain resource of the first UE corresponds to a sequence parameter
  • the transmitting module is configured to send to the first UE.
  • the specific reference is that the reference signal is a DMRS, and the at least one sub-frequency domain resource includes a data bandwidth of the DMRS of the first UE. Some or all of the subcarriers.
  • the sequence parameter includes at least one of: a root sequence index of a reference signal sequence, a cyclic shift value, or an orthogonal Cover code.
  • the processing module is further configured to generate second information, where the second information is used to indicate the at least one sub-frequency domain resource;
  • the transmitting module is further configured to send the second information to the first UE.
  • the specific information is that the second information includes a multiplexing manner of the at least one sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the specific implementation is: when the at least one sub-frequency domain resource is two or more sub-frequency domain resources, each The reference signal sequence of the sub-frequency domain resource is multiplexed in the same manner; or at least two reference signal sequences of the sub-frequency domain resource are multiplexed differently.
  • the processing module is further configured to generate third information, where the third information is used to indicate that the at least one sub-frequency domain resource corresponds to a sequence parameter, the at least one sub-frequency domain resource in the third information is a frequency domain resource used by the second UE to map a reference signal sequence, where each sub-frequency domain resource of the second UE corresponds to a sequence parameter, where The second sub-frequency domain resource of the at least one sub-frequency domain resource of the second UE is all or part of the frequency domain resource of the first sub-frequency domain resource of the at least one sub-frequency domain resource of the first UE, and the second The sequence parameter corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource is different, and the transmitting module is further configured to send the third information to the second UE.
  • another base station comprising a processor, a transmitter and a receiver for performing any of the possible implementations of the fifth or fifth aspect by the transmitter and the receiver method.
  • a computer readable storage medium for storing a computer program comprising instructions for performing the method of any of the fifth or fifth aspects of the possible implementation.
  • a method for transmitting control information including: mapping control information in a frequency domain discrete manner onto a data channel resource for carrying the control information, wherein each of the data channel resources is in a time domain Less than 1 ms; the control information is transmitted through the data channel resource.
  • control information At least one of the following is included: HARQ response information, CSI or SR.
  • the CSI includes at least one of the following: RI, PMI, CQI, PTI, and BI.
  • the control information is mapped to the data channel resource for carrying the control information in a frequency domain discrete manner
  • the specific implementation is Separating each of the at least one of the control information into a plurality of parts, and mapping each of the plurality of parts of the control information to different parts of the data channel resource occupied bandwidth in a frequency domain discrete manner
  • a plurality of the control information are respectively mapped to different parts of the occupied bandwidth of the data channel resource.
  • each of the at least one of the control information is divided into multiple parts, and each of the control information is The multiple parts are respectively mapped to different parts of the occupied bandwidth of the data channel in a frequency domain discrete manner, and the specific implementation is as follows: each of the at least one type of control information is divided into two parts and mapped to the data channel respectively. Resources occupy both sides of the bandwidth.
  • the multiple control information is separately mapped to different parts of the data channel resource occupied bandwidth, and the specific implementation is:
  • the first control information is mapped from the high frequency subcarrier to the low frequency subcarrier in the two parts; wherein the first control information is one of the plurality of the control information.
  • control information when the control information includes a HARQ response message and an RI, and the data channel resource is divided into subbands 1, subbands 2.
  • the control information is mapped to the data channel resources for carrying the control information in a frequency domain discrete manner, and the specific implementation is as follows:
  • mapping the HARQ response message to subband 2 and subband 4 mapping the RI to subband 1 and subband 3;
  • mapping the HARQ response message to subband 1 and subband 4 mapping the RI to subband 2 and subband 3;
  • the HARQ response message is mapped to subband 2 and subband 3, and the RI is mapped to subband 1 and subband 4.
  • the control information is mapped to the data channel resource for carrying the control information in a frequency domain discrete manner
  • the specific implementation is And when the control information includes multiple control information, mapping the multiple control information to at least two time domain data symbols of the data channel resource, and mapping to the data channel resource in a frequency domain discrete manner. On the bandwidth.
  • control information is mapped to the data channel resource for carrying the control information in a frequency domain discrete manner, and the specific implementation is :
  • the specific information is that the number of symbols occupied by the control information in one subframe of the data channel resource is two or three. Any one of four, six or seven.
  • the control information when the control information includes a HARQ response message and an RI, the control information is mapped in a frequency domain discrete manner to be used for carrying the
  • the data channel resource of the control information is implemented by: mapping the HARQ response message and the RI in the control information to two adjacent time domain data symbols on both sides of the data channel resource, and mapping in a frequency domain discrete manner To the bandwidth occupied by the data channel resource.
  • control information when the control information includes the HARQ response message and the RI, the control information is mapped to the data channel resource for carrying the control information in a frequency domain discrete manner, which is specifically implemented as: a HARQ response message in the control information.
  • RI are respectively mapped to the same time domain data symbols on the same side of the data channel resource, and are mapped to the bandwidth occupied by the data channel resources in a frequency domain discrete manner.
  • the method further includes performing rate matching or puncturing on a channel carrying the control information when the control information is sent.
  • a user equipment including: a processing module and a transmitting module, where
  • the processing module is configured to map control information in a frequency domain discrete manner to a data channel resource for carrying the control information, where each of the data channel resources is less than 1 ms in a time domain; the transmitting module is configured to use the data The channel resource sends the control information.
  • the implementation information is that the control information includes at least one of the following: HARQ response information, CSI, or SR.
  • the CSI includes at least one of the following: RI, PMI, CQI, PTI, and BI.
  • the processing module is specifically configured to: divide each of the at least one type of the control information into multiple parts, and Each of the plurality of portions of the control information is mapped to different portions of the data channel resource occupied bandwidth in a frequency domain discrete manner; or a plurality of the control information are respectively mapped to the data channel resource occupied bandwidth. On different parts.
  • the processing module is specifically configured to: divide each of the at least one type of control information into two parts, and respectively map to The data channel resource occupies both sides of the bandwidth.
  • the processing module is specifically configured to:
  • a control information is mapped from the low frequency subcarrier to the high frequency subcarrier, and the first control information is mapped from the high frequency subcarrier to the low frequency subcarrier in a second portion of at least one portion of the data channel resource occupied bandwidth ;
  • the first control information is one of the plurality of the control information.
  • the processing module is specifically used for:
  • mapping the HARQ response message to subband 2 and subband 4 mapping the RI to subband 1 and subband 3;
  • mapping the HARQ response message to subband 1 and subband 4 mapping the RI to subband 2 and subband 3;
  • the HARQ response message is mapped to subband 2 and subband 3, and the RI is mapped to subband 1 and subband 4.
  • the processing module is specifically configured to: when the control information includes multiple control information, map the multiple control information separately And at least two time domain data symbols of the data channel resource are mapped to the bandwidth occupied by the data channel resource in a frequency domain discrete manner.
  • the processing module is specifically configured to:
  • the specific information is that the number of symbols occupied by the control information in one subframe of the data channel resource is two or three. Any one of four, six or seven.
  • control information includes the HARQ response message and the RI, and the control information is mapped to the data channel resource for carrying the control information in a frequency domain discrete manner, which is implemented as: a HARQ response message and an RI in the control information. They are respectively mapped to two time-domain data symbols adjacent to each other on both sides of the data channel resource, and are mapped to the bandwidth occupied by the data channel resources in a frequency domain discrete manner.
  • the control information when the control information includes a HARQ response message and an RI, the control information is mapped to the frequency domain discrete manner for
  • the data channel resource carrying the control information is implemented by: mapping the HARQ response message and the RI in the control information to the same time domain data symbol on the same side of the data channel resource, and mapping in a frequency domain discrete manner. To the bandwidth occupied by the data channel resource.
  • the method further includes performing rate matching or puncturing on a channel carrying the control information when the control information is sent.
  • another user equipment comprising a processor, a transmitter and a receiver for performing any of the possible implementations of the ninth or ninth aspect by the transmitter and the receiver The method in .
  • a computer readable storage medium for storing a computer program comprising instructions for performing the method of any of the ninth or ninth aspects of the ninth aspect.
  • a method for performing D2D communication by using a synchronization source comprising: detecting, by the UE, a signal of the first device according to the first synchronization source configuration information, where the first device is a satellite device; When the signal of the first device is detected, the first device is used as the synchronization source of the D2D link of the UE, or when the UE does not detect the valid signal of the first device, the second device is acquired.
  • the second device is a device other than the satellite device; the communication of the D2D link is performed according to the synchronization source of the D2D link.
  • the first synchronization source configuration information is sent by the base station to the UE; or the first synchronization source configuration information is predefined or pre-defined. Configured.
  • the UE may not detect that the valid satellite signal includes: the channel of the satellite signal detected by the UE The quality is less than the first threshold; or the UE does not detect the satellite signal; or the UE does not detect the channel quality of the satellite signal or the detected satellite signal within a preset time The amount is less than the first threshold.
  • the UE detects a valid signal of the first device, and the specific implementation is: the UE is within the predetermined duration A satellite signal is detected, or a channel quality of the satellite signal detected by the UE within the preset duration is greater than or equal to a second threshold.
  • a fourth possible implementation manner of the thirteenth aspect when the UE does not detect a valid satellite signal, acquiring the second device as a synchronization source of the D2D link.
  • the specific implementation is: when the UE does not detect that the duration of the valid satellite signal is less than the predetermined duration, and the UE detects the signal of the second device, the second device is used as the synchronization source of the D2D link.
  • the method further includes: sending, to the base station of the UE, indication information, where the indication information indicates that the UE does not detect valid Satellite signal.
  • the acquiring, by the second device, the synchronization source of the D2D link is implemented by: receiving the second Sync source configuration information, the second synchronization source configuration information indicates that the second device is a synchronization source of the UE; and determining, according to the second synchronization source configuration information, that the second device is a synchronization source of the D2D link.
  • the second device is the base station.
  • the acquiring, by the second device, the synchronization source of the D2D link is implemented by: acquiring synchronization in the second device The device with the highest priority among the sources serves as the second synchronization source.
  • the second synchronization source is a base station of the UE or another UE.
  • the method further includes: switching a communication resource on the D2D link of the UE to be associated with the synchronization source Resources or resources on the pool.
  • the method further includes: when the UE detects that the signal quality on the D2D link is lower than the third At the threshold, the UE transmits a synchronization signal on the D2D link.
  • a user equipment including: a processing module and a transceiver module, wherein the processing module is configured to detect a signal of the first device according to the first synchronization source configuration information, where the first device is a satellite
  • the transceiver module is configured to receive a signal of the first device; when the processing module detects a valid signal of the first device, the processing module is further configured to use the first device as a D2D link of the user device a synchronization source, or when the processing module does not detect a valid signal of the first device, the processing module is further configured to acquire a second device as a synchronization source of the D2D link, where the second device is a satellite device a device other than the device; the transceiver module is configured to perform communication of the D2D link according to a synchronization source of the D2D link.
  • the first synchronization source configuration information is sent by the base station to the user equipment; or the first synchronization source configuration information is predefined or Pre-configured.
  • the channel quality of the satellite signal detected by the processing module is less than the first threshold
  • the processing module does not detect the satellite signal
  • the processing module does not detect the satellite signal or the channel quality of the detected satellite signal is less than the first threshold value within a preset time.
  • the detecting, by the processing module, the valid signal of the first device includes: the processing module detecting the predetermined duration To the satellite signal, or the channel quality of the satellite signal detected by the processing module within the preset duration is greater than or equal to the second threshold.
  • the processing module when the processing module does not detect that the duration of the valid satellite signal is less than a predetermined duration, and the processing module detects The signal of the second device, the processing module uses the second device as a synchronization source of the D2D link.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to send, to the base station of the user equipment, indication information, where the indication information indicates that the user equipment detects Not effective satellite signals.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to receive second synchronization source configuration information sent by the base station, where the second synchronization source configuration is configured The information indicates the second device as a synchronization source of the user equipment; the processing module is specific And configured to: determine, according to the second synchronization source configuration information, that the second device is a synchronization source of the D2D link.
  • the second device is the base station.
  • the processing module is specifically configured to: acquire, as the first device, the device with the highest priority among the synchronization sources in the second device Two synchronization sources.
  • the second synchronization source is a base station or other user equipment of the user equipment.
  • the processing module is further configured to: switch the communication resource on the D2D link of the user equipment to the synchronization The resource or resource pool associated with the source.
  • the processing module detects that the signal quality on the D2D link is lower than the third threshold
  • the transceiver module is further configured to transmit a synchronization signal on the D2D link.
  • another user equipment comprising a processor, a transmitter and a receiver for performing any of the thirteenth or thirteenth aspects of the thirteenth aspect by the transmitter and the receiver The method in the implementation.
  • a computer readable storage medium for storing a computer program comprising instructions for performing the method of the thirteenth aspect or any of the possible implementations of the thirteenth aspect.
  • the mapping method, the configuration method, the base station, and the user equipment of the reference signal sequence of the reference signal in the embodiment of the present invention determine a sequence parameter corresponding to at least one sub-frequency domain resource of the UE, and generate a reference signal based on the sequence parameter. Transmitting, so that the base station can flexibly allocate the generation parameters of the reference signal according to the scheduled multiplexing condition of each UE, thereby increasing the multiplexing capability of multiple users and enhancing the flexibility of scheduling; further, when there are multiple sub-frequency domain resources When the sequence generation parameters corresponding to the plurality of sub-frequency domain resources are different, the peak ratio of the UE transmitters can be further reduced, and the transmission efficiency is improved.
  • the method for transmitting control information and the user equipment in the embodiment of the present invention by mapping at least one type of control information to a channel resource in a frequency domain discrete manner, avoids the transmission of control information in a frequency domain continuous manner.
  • the frequency domain resources transmitting the control information fall within the range of the already attenuated frequency domain resources, so that an additional frequency domain diversity gain can be obtained when UCI transmission is obtained.
  • the method and the user equipment for performing D2D communication by the synchronization source in the embodiment of the present invention selects the satellite as the synchronization source when there is an effective satellite signal, and selects a device other than the satellite as the synchronization when the effective satellite signal is not detected.
  • the source enables the UE to synchronize according to the synchronization source in the scene with or without the satellite signal, thereby preventing the user equipment from losing the synchronization source for a long time and causing the synchronization failure, thereby improving the synchronization efficiency of the user equipment.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of four types of DMRS multiplexing according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of multiple UEs sharing DMRS frequency domain resources according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a flow chart of a method for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of allocation of DMRS frequency domain resources according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of allocation of DMRS frequency domain resources according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of allocation of DMRS frequency domain resources according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of multiple UEs sharing DMRS frequency domain resources according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of multiple UEs sharing DMRS frequency domain resources according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a flowchart of a method for transmitting a reference signal according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a reference signal sequence corresponding to a frequency domain resource according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a scenario in which a base station configures reference signal resources for multiple UEs according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 14 is a flowchart of a method for transmitting control information according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 15 is a diagram of a control information mapping method in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 16 is another control information mapping method of one embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG 17 is a diagram of another control information mapping method in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 18 is a further control information mapping method of an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 19 is a further control information mapping method of an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 20 is a further control information mapping method of an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 21 is a further control information mapping method of an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram of a device to device according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 23 is a flow chart of a method for D2D communication by a synchronization source according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 25 is a block diagram showing the structure of a base station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 27 is a block diagram showing the structure of a user equipment according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 28 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 29 is a block diagram showing the structure of a base station according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 30 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 31 is a block diagram showing the structure of a user equipment according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • GSM Global System of Mobile communication
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • UE User equipment
  • the access terminal may be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a SIP (Session Initiation Protocol) phone, a WLL (Wireless Local Loop) station, a PDA (Personal Digital Assistant), and a wireless communication function.
  • PLMN Public Land Mobile Network
  • the network device may be a device for communicating with the mobile device, and the network device may be a BTS (Base Transceiver Station) in GSM (Global System of Mobile communication) or CDMA (Code Division Multiple Access).
  • the base station may be an NB (NodeB, base station) in WCDMA (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access), or an eNB or an eNodeB (Evolutional Node B) in LTE (Long Term Evolution).
  • PLMN Public Land Mobile Network
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 1, the base station transmits through the cellular link and UE1, UE2.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of another embodiment of the present invention.
  • UE1 and UE2 transmit through a Device to Device (D2D) link.
  • D2D link also called an edge link or a side link, refers to a link between two devices that communicates directly without going through a third party.
  • the device may be a handheld device, an in-vehicle device, a network device, etc., which is not limited by the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of four types of DMRS multiplexing according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 3 shows the multiplexing of reference signals in a frequency transmission unit with 7 symbols. The number of the symbol is numbered starting from symbol 0.
  • the gray area indicates the DMRS signal resource
  • the white area indicates the data signal resource.
  • 3(a) and 3(b) are schematic diagrams of short-latency transmission resource multiplexing DMRS with 2 symbols
  • FIG. 3(c) and FIG. 3(d) are 4-symbol short-delay transmission resource multiplexing DMRS. Schematic diagram.
  • TTI1 and TTI2 multiplex the DMRS resources on symbol 1 (the second symbol).
  • FIG. 3(a) TTI1 and TTI2 multiplex the DMRS resources on symbol 1 (the second symbol).
  • TTI5 uses the DMRS on symbol 0 (the first symbol) of TTI4 as the DMRS of TTI2.
  • TTI7 and TTI8 multiplex the DMRS resources on symbol 3.
  • TTI9 and TTI10 multiplex the DMRS resources on symbol 3.
  • TTI1 and TTI2 belong to different UEs respectively, for example, TTI1 belongs to UE1, TTI2 belongs to UE2, and so on.
  • TTI4 and TTI5, TTI7 and TTI8, TTI9 And TTI10 also belong to different UEs.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of multiple UEs sharing DMRS frequency domain resources according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • UE1, UE2, UE3, and UE4 share one DMRS symbol.
  • the UE1 and the UE2 share the frequency domain resources of the subband 1, and the UE1 and the UE3 share the frequency domain resources of the subband 3.
  • multiple UEs share one reference signal symbol and use the same frequency domain resource, which may cause mutual interference of channel estimations of different UEs.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a method for transmitting a reference signal, a UE, and a network device.
  • Transmission Time Tnterval refers to the length of one transmission occupied in the wireless link.
  • one TT is one subframe, and its occupied time domain resource has a length of 1 ms, including two slots.
  • the TTI length is no longer limited to a duration of 1 ms, and may be 0.5 ms, or is a transmission symbol of 2, 4, 7, or 6.
  • Sequence parameter A parameter used to generate a reference signal sequence. Specifically, a root sequence index, a cyclic shift value, and an orthogonal cover code of the reference signal may be included. In an application scenario where the orthogonal cover code is not considered, a reference sequence may be uniquely determined by using a root sequence index and a cyclic shift value; in an application scenario in which an orthogonal cover code needs to be considered, a root sequence index and a cyclic shift are required. The value and the orthogonal cover code uniquely determine a reference signal sequence.
  • Reference signal A physical signal formed by mapping a corresponding reference signal sequence to a corresponding physical resource.
  • a reference signal can be derived from one or more reference signal sequences.
  • Physical resources The physical resources mentioned in the present disclosure refer to physical resources used for mapping reference signal sequences, and may specifically include: time domain resources, frequency domain resources, code domain resources, and spatial domain resources (including different spatial layers or different). The present invention does not limit this.
  • FIG. 5 is a flow chart of a method for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method of Figure 5 is performed by a UE.
  • the method of Figure 5 can include:
  • the reference signal may be a Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS), or may be a reference signal used for synchronization.
  • DMRS Demodulation Reference Signal
  • CSI Channel State Information/Indicator channel state information/indication
  • the DMRS is taken as an example in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the root sequence number used by the reference signal is independent of the bandwidth of the reference signal.
  • DMRS Demodulation Reference Signal
  • the root sequence numbers used by the DMRS sequences generated by different UEs belonging to the same cell in the same time slot are identical.
  • one sub-frequency domain resource corresponds to one sequence parameter
  • sequence parameters corresponding to different sub-frequency domain resources may be the same or different.
  • the sub-band 1, the sub-band 2, and the sub-band 3 respectively correspond to one sequence parameter, and the three sequence parameters corresponding to the three sub-bands may be the same or different.
  • sequence parameters are used to generate a reference signal sequence, and the UE may generate a reference signal sequence according to the sequence parameters.
  • the at least one sub-frequency domain resource is a frequency domain resource used for transmitting a reference signal in a frequency domain resource of the UE.
  • the reference signal is a DMRS
  • the at least one sub-frequency domain resource includes some or all of the sub-carriers in the data bandwidth in which the DMRS is located.
  • the frequency domain resource used by the reference signal may be a continuous frequency domain resource on a full bandwidth of the communication system, or may be a discrete frequency domain resource on a full bandwidth. It can be a frequency domain resource indicated by signaling, and so on.
  • the at least one sub-frequency domain resource is a frequency domain resource used by the UE to map the reference signal sequence, and the same sub-carrier resource does not exist between different sub-frequency domain resources of the same UE.
  • the UE may divide the frequency domain resource of the UE into multiple frequency domain resource segments, and the division manner may be specified by a protocol, or the base station may instruct the UE to perform the division.
  • a sub-frequency domain resource may be a frequency domain resource segment after the UE divides the frequency domain resource, or a partial sub-carrier of the divided frequency domain resource segment, or a single sub-carrier.
  • the sub-frequency domain resources may be continuous or discrete in the frequency domain.
  • the UE1 divides the data bandwidth of the DMRS into three sub-bands of the sub-band 1, the sub-band 2, and the sub-band 3.
  • the sub-frequency domain resource of the embodiment of the present invention may be one of the sub-bands. Or an odd subcarrier of a certain subband, or a partial odd subcarrier of a certain subband, or a certain subcarrier of a certain subband, and the like.
  • one sub-frequency domain resource corresponds to one sequence parameter
  • the UE may determine at least one sequence parameter corresponding to at least one sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the sequence parameter corresponding to the part of the frequency domain resource of the section of the frequency domain resource is the same as the sequence parameter corresponding to the section of the frequency domain resource.
  • the subband 1 shown in FIG. 4 corresponds to a sequence parameter
  • the sequence parameters corresponding to the odd subcarriers of the subband 1 are the same as the sequence parameters corresponding to the subband 1.
  • a section of the frequency domain resource of the UE may include multiple sub-frequency domain resources of the UE, and does not necessarily correspond to the same sequence parameter.
  • the odd subcarriers of the subband 1 shown in FIG. 4 may correspond to one sequence parameter
  • the even subcarriers of the subband 1 may correspond to another sequence parameter
  • the odd subcarriers and the even subcarriers of the subband 1 respectively A sub-frequency domain resource for the UE.
  • the UE may determine sequence parameters corresponding to the sub-frequency domain resources in multiple manners, for example, determining sequence parameters corresponding to the sub-frequency domain resources according to the location information of the sub-frequency domain resources, and determining, according to the indication of the base station, the sub-frequency domain resources.
  • a reference signal sequence may be generated, and at least one reference signal sequence corresponding to at least one sub-frequency domain resource may be generated according to the sequence parameter corresponding to the at least one sub-frequency domain resource.
  • UE1 may respectively generate a reference signal sequence corresponding to subband 1, a reference signal sequence corresponding to subband 2, and a reference signal sequence corresponding to subband 3.
  • the three reference signal sequences may be the same or different, and are determined by the sequence parameters corresponding to the subbands.
  • the UE may map the reference signal sequence corresponding to the at least one sub-frequency domain resource to the physical resource corresponding to the at least one sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the physical resources may include time domain resources, frequency domain resources, antenna port resources, resources on different spatial streams or layers, different beam resources, and the like.
  • the UE may map the reference signal sequence corresponding to each sub-frequency domain resource to the physics corresponding to each sub-frequency domain resource. On the resource, a physical signal is formed.
  • the UE may map the first reference signal sequence corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource to the physical resource corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource, and map the second reference signal sequence corresponding to the second sub-frequency domain resource to The second sub-frequency domain resource corresponds to the physical resource, and so on.
  • the UE may generate a reference signal sequence corresponding to the sub-band 1 according to the sequence parameter corresponding to the sub-band 1, and map to the sub-band 1 corresponding to the scenario.
  • Physical resources ie, the DMRS symbol and the time-frequency resource determined by the sub-band 1
  • the UE may generate a reference signal sequence corresponding to the sub-band 2 according to the sequence parameter corresponding to the sub-band 2, and map to the sub-band 2 corresponding physical resources; according to the sequence parameters corresponding to the sub-band 3, the reference signal sequence corresponding to the sub-band 3 is generated and mapped to the physical resource corresponding to the sub-band 3.
  • the three reference signal sequences are mapped to physical signals formed on the physical resources to form a reference signal of the UE. After the UE generates the reference signal, the reference signal can be transmitted.
  • the UE generates a reference signal sequence based on the sequence parameter by determining the sequence parameter corresponding to the at least one sub-frequency domain resource, and maps the reference signal sequence to the physical resource corresponding to the at least one sub-frequency domain resource, so that the base station can perform the
  • the scheduling of each UE is flexibly allocated to the generation parameters of the reference signal, thereby increasing the multiplexing capability of multiple users and enhancing the flexibility of scheduling.
  • the peak ratio of the UE transmitters may be further reduced, and the transmission efficiency is improved.
  • the sequence parameter includes at least one of the following: a root sequence index, a cyclic shift value, or an orthogonal cover code of the reference signal sequence.
  • a reference signal sequence when there is an Orthogonal Cover Code can be determined.
  • the OCC can be used for different frequency domain resources of the same symbol, and can also be used for different symbols of the same frequency domain resource.
  • the length of the OCC can be adjusted as needed, for example, an integer greater than or equal to 2 is feasible. It is assumed that UE1 has 4 DMRS parts A, B, C, and D on the physical resource; UE2 also has 4 DMRS parts A, B, C, and D on the same physical resource on UE1, in order to implement UE1 with the same reference signal. With the multiplexing of UE2, OCC can be used.
  • the reference signal generation method is:
  • the reference signal generation method is:
  • [W10, W20, W30, W40] is the OCC of UE1, where [W10, W20, W30, W40] is the OCC of UE2.
  • A, B, C, and D may be one chip of length 1, or may be a sequence of length N, and N is a positive integer.
  • OCC of UE1 and UE2 are orthogonal, so that interference communication between UE1 and UE2 through OCC can be realized.
  • OCC of length 2 it can be: [1, 1] or [1, -1].
  • OCC of length 4 it can be any row or column in a 4*4 orthogonal matrix: for example: [1,1,1,1], [1,-1,1,-1], [1,1,-1,-1], [1,-1,-1,1].
  • OCCs can have different index values.
  • an OCC of length 4 can have 4 different OCCs, and correspondingly have 4 different OCC index values.
  • the sequence parameter corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource in the at least one sub-frequency domain resource is determined by the first resource index value of the first sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the sequence parameter may include one or more of a root sequence index, a cyclic shift value, or an orthogonal cover code of the reference signal sequence, where the first resource index value is used to indicate the location of the sub-frequency domain resource.
  • At least one of the reference signal sequences corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource in the at least one sub-frequency domain resource is determined by the location information of the first sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the resource index value of the first sub-frequency domain resource may be used to represent the location information of the first sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the resource index value of the first sub-frequency domain resource may be an index value of the first sub-frequency domain resource, or an index value of a PRB of the first sub-frequency domain resource, or one of the first sub-frequency domain resources.
  • the first resource index value of the first sub-frequency domain resource may be the sub-band index value of the sub-band 1, or the sub-band 1
  • the index value of a certain type of subcarrier in the first sub-frequency domain resource may be an odd subcarrier, or an even subcarrier, and may be indicated by using an index of 0 or 1.
  • the index value of the first sub-frequency domain resource may be indicated by any one of 0 to M-1.
  • resource index values and sequences of sub-frequency domain resources The relationship between the parameters may be predefined.
  • the protocol may pre-define the mapping relationship between the resource index value and the sequence parameter, or the base station may pre-agreed the mapping relationship table with the UE, and the UE may look up the resource by looking up the table.
  • the reference signal series corresponding to the index value generates parameters.
  • the UE may obtain a sequence parameter corresponding to the sub-frequency domain resource according to a functional relationship between the resource index value of the sub-frequency domain resource and the sequence parameter.
  • the following takes an example of calculating a sequence parameter corresponding to a sub-frequency domain resource according to a resource index value of a sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the first resource index value of the first sub-frequency domain resource of the UE is idx
  • the cyclic shift value, the root sequence index, and the orthogonal cover code index of the reference signal sequence corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource are One or more can be represented by a function of idx.
  • the cyclic shift value cs_idx in the sequence parameter corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource may be expressed by the following formula:
  • the function f circle (idx) represents the functional relationship between cs_idx and idx.
  • Equations 2-4 show several possible implementations of the function fcircle (idx):
  • M is the maximum cyclic shift value supported by the reference signal sequence corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource, for example, M may be 8, 12, or the like.
  • the value of idx 0 can be predefined.
  • the root sequence index corresponding to the sub-frequency domain resource may be directly calculated according to the sub-frequency domain resource corresponding to the sub-frequency domain resource without additional signaling indication. Reference signal sequences corresponding to different sub-frequency domain resources.
  • the orthogonal cover code occ_idx in the sequence parameter corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource may be represented by the following formula:
  • function f occ (idx) represents the function occ_idx and idx.
  • the specific formula of the function f occ (idx) may be pre-agreed by the base station and the UE, or may be specified by the protocol, and the embodiment of the present invention does not limit the specific implementation manner.
  • root sequence index root_idx in the sequence parameter corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource is available.
  • the following formula indicates:
  • Root_idx f root (idx)........................................... schen.Formula 6
  • the function f root (idx) represents the functional relationship between root_idx and idx.
  • the root sequence index corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource can also be expressed as a function of the sequence group hop and the sequence hop, which is represented by the following formula:
  • u(idx) represents the sequence group hop of the root sequence index corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource
  • v(idx) represents the sequence hop of the root sequence index corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource
  • the root sequence index is defined as follows:
  • the sequence group hop and/or sequence hop of the first sequence index is determined by the first resource index value, where the first root sequence index is a sequence parameter corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the root sequence index is a sequence parameter corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the existing LTE sequence group hop count u can be expressed by the following group hop formula:
  • f gh (n s ) represents the group hopping pattern of the reference signal sequence and f ss represents the sequence shifting pattern of the reference signal sequence.
  • sequence group hop count u can be expressed by the following group hop formula:
  • the sequence group hop count of the root sequence index corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource may be determined by the first resource index value.
  • the sequence group hop count is determined by the group hop mode of the reference signal sequence and the sequence shift mode of the reference signal sequence. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present invention, the first resource index value may also be determined. The group hopping pattern and/or the sequence shifting pattern of the sequence, thereby determining the sequence group hopping, thereby finalizing the root sequence index.
  • the group hopping pattern f gh (n s ) of the reference signal sequence can be expressed by the following formula:
  • n s denotes a slot number
  • c(8n s +i) denotes an expression of a pseudo-random sequence
  • the group hopping pattern f gh (n s ) of the reference signal sequence can be expressed by the following group hopping formula:
  • the sequence group hopping mode of the root sequence index corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource may be determined by the first resource index value.
  • sequence shift pattern f ss sPUSCH of the reference signal sequence can be expressed by the following formula:
  • ⁇ ss is an offset parameter indicated by the base station.
  • sequence shift mode f ss sPUSCH of the reference signal sequence can be expressed by the following group hop formula:
  • the sequence group hopping mode of the root sequence index corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource may be determined by the first resource index value.
  • f ss sPUCCH can be expressed by the following formula:
  • f ss sPUCCH can be expressed by the following group hop formula:
  • different resource sequence indexes of the sub-frequency domain resources are used to determine different root sequence indexes for different sub-frequency domain resources, which can expand the flexibility of using the reference signal sequence and reduce the occurrence of the same reference signal sequence.
  • the possibility of multiple different sub-frequency domain resources further reduces the peak-to-average ratio of the reference signal sequence, thereby improving the power amplifier efficiency of the transmitting reference signal device.
  • the signaling overhead of the base station side can be further saved.
  • the method may further include: acquiring first information, where the first information is used to indicate at least one sequence parameter corresponding to the at least one sub-frequency domain resource; wherein, step 520 is specifically implemented. And determining, according to the first information, at least one sequence parameter corresponding to the at least one sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the sequence parameter may be one or more of a root sequence index, a cyclic shift value, or an orthogonal cover code of the reference signal sequence.
  • step 520 may determine a root corresponding to the at least one sub-frequency domain resource.
  • Sequence index when the first information is used to indicate a cyclic shift value and an orthogonal cover code corresponding to the at least one sub-frequency domain resource, step 520 may determine a cyclic shift value and an orthogonality corresponding to the at least one sub-frequency domain resource. Cover code, and more.
  • the first information may be sent by the base station to the UE, or may be predefined, such as a protocol pre-defined, and the like.
  • sequence parameter indicated by the first information may be an absolute value or a relative value.
  • the base station may send the first information to the UE1, where the first information may indicate a cyclic shift value corresponding to each of the subband 1, the subband 2, and the subband 3.
  • the base station may send the first information to the UE1, where the The information may include a cyclic shift value corresponding to the sub-band 1 , a difference between the cyclic shift value corresponding to the sub-band 2 and a cyclic shift value corresponding to the sub-band 1 , and a cyclic shift value corresponding to the sub-band 3 relative to The difference between the cyclic shift values corresponding to the sub-band 1; for example, the base station may send the first information to the UE1, by using the three sub-bands of the sub-band 1, the sub-band 2, and the sub-band 3 in the first information in the order of the indication information, The cyclic shift values corresponding to each of the sub-band 1, the sub-band 2, and the sub-band 3 are represented, and the like. Based on the first information, the UE1
  • the UE may also determine the cyclic shift value in a predefined manner.
  • the cyclic shift value of the UE is determined according to the identity of the UE.
  • the identifier of the UE may be the RNTI (Radio Network Temporary Identifier) of the UE, or may be all or part of the bits in the MAC address of the UE.
  • the cyclic shift value of the UE is determined according to the ID of the UE, for example: ID mod M.
  • M is the number of cyclic shifts of the reference signal sequence.
  • the sequence parameters of the UE are configured according to the indication information of the base station, so that the base station can implement complete control of the reference signal sequence on each UE, thereby ensuring scheduling flexibility.
  • the method of the embodiment of the present invention can also optimize the performance of the system by configuring the sequence parameters of the UE.
  • the method further includes: acquiring the first information, where the first information is used to indicate the at least one sequence parameter corresponding to the at least one sub-frequency domain resource; wherein, step 520 is specifically implemented as And determining, according to the first information, a resource index value corresponding to the at least one sub-frequency domain resource, at least one sequence parameter corresponding to the at least one sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the UE may determine the first generation parameter according to the first generation parameter indicated by the first information. And indicating, according to the first resource index value of the first sub-frequency domain resource, a first generated parameter offset value corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource, and determining, according to the first generated parameter indication value and the first generated parameter offset value, a first generation parameter corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource, where the first generation parameter is one of sequence parameters corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource, where the first sub-frequency domain resource is in the at least one sub-frequency domain resource Any sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the first generation parameter indication value is a parameter related to the first generation parameter configured by the base station
  • the first generation parameter offset value is a value of the first generation parameter related to the resource index value of the first sub-frequency domain resource.
  • idx 0 may be a cyclic shift indication value of the first sub-frequency domain resource indicated in the first information
  • idx is a loop determined according to the first resource index value of the first sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the shift value is shifted, and the UE may determine a cyclic shift value corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource according to the idx and the idx0.
  • the base station may include a cyclic shift indication value cs0 and a root sequence index indication value root0, cs0 and root_0 are all generated parameters indicated by the base station, and may also be based on resources of the sub-frequency domain resource on the UE.
  • the index value determines the cyclic shift value ⁇ cs_idx and the root sequence index offset values ⁇ root_idx, ⁇ cs_idx and ⁇ root_idx are the generation parameters corresponding to the resource locations.
  • the UE may determine a cyclic shift value cs_idx of the sub-frequency domain resource according to cs0 and ⁇ cs_idx, for example, cs_idx may be expressed by the following formula:
  • the UE may determine the root sequence index root_idx of the sub-frequency domain resource according to root 0 and ⁇ root_idx.
  • root_idx may be expressed by the following formula:
  • UE1 has three DMRS subbands, and the idx of the subband is 1, 2, and 3, respectively. It is assumed that the first information indicates that the first subband of UE1 has a value of 3, and root0 has a value of 7, and M The value is 8 and the value of N is 30.
  • the three subband parameters of UE1 are as follows:
  • the generated parameter offset value corresponding to the sub-frequency domain resource is obtained according to the resource index value of the sub-frequency domain resource, and then the sequence parameter is determined, thereby reducing the network side.
  • the air interface indicates the overhead of signaling and can ensure scheduling flexibility.
  • the UE may flexibly use the resource index value according to the sub-frequency domain resource to determine the sequence parameter, determine the sequence parameter according to the first information of the base station, and determine the sequence according to the resource index value of the sub-frequency domain resource and the first information of the base station.
  • a combination of one or more of the three modes of parameters determines the generation parameters.
  • the root sequence index may be determined according to the resource index value of the sub-frequency domain resource, and the cyclic shift value is determined according to the first information of the base station, according to the resource index value of the sub-frequency domain resource and the base station
  • a message determines the orthogonal cover code, and so on.
  • the base station may indicate a sequence parameter for a frequency domain resource that is larger than the sub-frequency domain resource, and the frequency domain resource uses the same sequence parameter.
  • the base station may indicate the sequence parameters of UE1 in subband 1, but UE1 transmits the reference signal only on the odd subcarriers of subband 1.
  • the first information is transmitted by a specific UE (Specific) message and/or a Cell-Specific message.
  • the base station can configure the generation parameters of different reference signal sequences for each UE, and the scheduling is more flexible.
  • the base station can partially reduce the signaling of the indication, which further saves signaling overhead on the network side.
  • the first information is transmitted together by the UE-Specific and the Cell-Specific, for example, the Cell-Specific transmission reference signal sequence, the UE-Specific transmission cyclic shift value and the orthogonal cover code, etc., the base station can reduce the transmitted indication signaling.
  • the signaling overhead on the network side is saved, and the configuration flexibility of the sequence parameters is taken into consideration.
  • the method of the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 may further include the step 501: determining the at least one sub-frequency domain resource.
  • steps 501 and 510 have no direct relationship in time.
  • the base station may send the sequence parameters corresponding to the subband 1, the subband 2, and the subband 3 to the UE1.
  • the base station may send the information of the sub-frequency domain resource for transmitting the DMRS to the UE1.
  • UE1 is instructed to transmit DMRS on all subcarriers of subband 1, odd subcarriers of subband 2, and even subcarriers of subband 3.
  • the sequence parameters corresponding to the odd subcarriers of the subband 2 are the same as the sequence parameters corresponding to the subband 2, and the sequence parameters corresponding to the even subcarriers of the subband 3 are the same as the sequence parameters corresponding to the subband 3.
  • the UE may determine the at least one sub-frequency domain resource in multiple manners.
  • the at least one sub-frequency domain resource is signaling indicated or predefined or pre-configured.
  • the at least one sub-frequency domain resource is predefined, for example, the at least one sub-frequency domain resource is stipulated by a protocol.
  • the protocol may specify determining the location of the UE's sub-frequency domain resources in the entire resource according to the identity of the UE.
  • the identifier of the UE may be the RNTI (Radio Network Temporary Identifier) of the UE, or may be all or part of the bits in the MAC address of the UE.
  • the location of the sub-frequency domain resource is determined according to the identifier ID of the UE, for example: ID mod M.
  • ID mod M is the number of possible sub-domain resources.
  • the at least one sub-frequency domain resource is pre-configured, for example, the user may pre-configure indication information of the sub-frequency domain resource in the UE, and the like.
  • the method may further include: receiving second information sent by the base station, where the second information is used to indicate a location of the at least one sub-frequency domain resource; wherein, step 501 is specifically The implementation is: determining the at least one sub-frequency domain resource according to the second information.
  • the second information may indicate that at least one consecutive subcarrier is used as a sub-frequency domain resource for the UE to transmit the reference signal.
  • the second information may send the sub-band index of the sub-bands 1, 2, and 3 to the UE1, indicating that the UE1 can be used for the sub-bands 1, 2, and 3 as the frequency domain resources for transmitting the reference signal.
  • each subband is a sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the second information may indicate at least one consecutive subcarrier, and the UE selects a set of matching subcarriers from the consecutive subcarriers according to a predefined subcarrier selection rule as a frequency domain in which the UE sends the reference signal. Resources. At this time, a subcarrier set conforming to the subcarrier selection rule in each consecutive subcarrier is used as one sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the predefined subcarrier selection rule may be, for example, an index value of a certain type of subcarrier in consecutive subcarriers. Specifically, for example, the subcarriers are occupied in a discrete manner, which may be odd subcarriers, or even subcarriers, which may be indicated using an index of 0 or 1. For another example, if one subcarrier is occupied every M subcarriers in a discrete manner, the index value of the subband may be represented by any integer value of 0 to M-1. Show. In addition, the index value of the subcarrier in the subband of the UE may also be determined according to the identifier ID of the UE, for example: ID mod M.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of allocation of DMRS frequency domain resources according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 6, UE1 occupies even subcarriers on the DMRS bandwidth, and UE2 occupies odd subcarriers on the DMRS bandwidth.
  • the UE1 predefined subcarrier selection rule may be an even subcarrier.
  • the second information indicates that the UE selects a frequency domain resource for transmitting the reference signal from the DMRS bandwidth
  • the UE1 may select an even subcarrier in the DMRS bandwidth as the frequency domain resource of the transmission reference signal.
  • the second information may indicate a continuous subcarrier resource and a subcarrier indication corresponding to the continuous subcarrier resource, where the subcarrier indication is used to indicate that the continuous subcarrier resource is used to send the reference signal. Subcarrier.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of allocation of DMRS frequency domain resources according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 7, UE1 occupies even subcarriers on the DMRS bandwidth, UE2 occupies the 2-7th odd subcarriers on the DMRS bandwidth, and UE3 occupies the 8th-11th odd subcarriers on the DMRS bandwidth.
  • the second information sent by the base station to the UE1 indicates that the UE1 uses the even subcarriers of the subband 1; the second information sent by the base station to the UE2 indicates that the UE2 uses the subband 1 from the second odd subcarriers.
  • the odd subcarriers; the second information sent by the base station to the UE3 indicates that the UE3 uses the 4 odd subcarriers of the subband 1 from the 8th odd subcarrier.
  • the second information may indicate at least one continuous subcarrier resource, and the subcarrier indications corresponding to each consecutive subcarrier resource may be the same or different.
  • the second information may indicate that the UE uses odd subcarriers on subband 1, on subcarriers 2 on even subcarriers, and so on.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of allocation of DMRS frequency domain resources according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the scenario of the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 can be regarded as a scenario when UE1 and UE2 are not completely synchronized in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6.
  • FIG. 8 when UE1 and UE2 are not completely synchronized, there is a partial overlap on the resources (subcarriers or time domain symbols) of the transmission DMRS of UE1 and UE2. If the sequences used by the DMRSs transmitted by UE1 and UE2 are identical, interference will be brought to the receiver of the base station, which makes it difficult for the receiver of the base station to distinguish two different UEs.
  • the UE determines the sub-frequency domain resources according to the frequency domain resource location indicated by the base station, so that the DMRS of the resources between different UEs can be flexibly multiplexed, thereby improving the flexibility of the base station scheduling.
  • the method of the embodiment of the present invention can also reduce the bandwidth limitation on the single subband DMRS UE.
  • the second information may further include a multiplexing manner of the at least one sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the multiplexing mode of each sub-frequency domain resource is used to indicate at least one of the following information:
  • the way in which the UE uses reference signal resources over the bandwidth of the reference signal is the way in which the UE uses reference signal resources over the bandwidth of the reference signal.
  • the multiplexing manner may include at least one multiplexing manner of frequency division multiplexing, code division multiplexing, resource sharing, and the like.
  • the sub-frequency domain resources occupy discrete sub-carriers within the bandwidth of the reference signal; if the multiplexing mode of the CDM is used, the sub-frequency domain resources occupy the bandwidth of the reference signal. Continuous subcarriers; if the multiplexing mode is used by combining FDM and CDM, the sub-frequency domain resources occupy discrete subcarriers within the bandwidth of the reference signal and configure sequence parameters corresponding to the sub-frequency domain resources.
  • the multiplexing mode may be used to indicate whether there is a multiplexing relationship between different UEs on the same set of reference signal resources. If there is a multiplexing relationship, the UE has multiplexing resources.
  • the set transmit power reference can be different.
  • the multiplexing mode may be used to combine other frequency domain resource indication information or UE pre-coding in the second information, in addition to indicating the frequency domain resource multiplexing relationship between the UE and other UEs on the sub-frequency domain resources.
  • the defined frequency domain resource indication information indicates the at least one sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the second information indicates that the multiplexing mode of the UE1 includes the FDM mode, and the pre-defined subcarrier selection rule of the UE1 may be an even subcarrier, and the UE1 may select an even subcarrier in the DMRS bandwidth.
  • the frequency domain resource that sends the reference signal is not limited to the frequency domain resource.
  • the second information may be transmitted through static signaling, such as a Radio Resource Control (RRC) message or a System Information Block (SIB) message, or may be controlled by dynamic signaling as follows (Downlink Control) Information, DCI) transmission of messages, etc., or by DCI messages, as well as RRC messages or SIB messages.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • SIB System Information Block
  • the second information may be transmitted by using a dynamic signaling DCI message or the like.
  • the base station may not configure the sub-band division manner, but configure the UE according to the frequency domain resource of the reference signal used by the UE.
  • Reference letter to a single UE in this way The number transmission is optimal, and the UE does not need to care whether it has the same reference signal symbol as the adjacent UE, and only needs to know that the frequency domain resource of the reference signal transmitted by the UE is divided into several sub-bands, the size, position and each of the sub-bands.
  • the sequence parameters of the subband may be used to configure the UE according to the frequency domain resource of the reference signal used by the UE.
  • the base station may define a minimum transmission sub-band Resource Block Group (RBG) and define the size of each sub-band, for example, 4, 6, 8, or 10 RBGs, and the like. That is to say, the bandwidth allocated by the UE must be an integer multiple of this RBG.
  • the base station can indicate the RGB of the same subband using bit mapping.
  • Table 1 is another resource allocation indication configured by the base station for UE1 and UE2 in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • UE1 occupies three consecutive RBGs, and the use of the subband is represented as 001 in the second information, indicating that it is divided into two subbands, that is, RGB indexes 1 and 2 are one sub- Band, RBG3 is a subband; similarly, UE2 is divided into 2 subbands, RBG4 is subband 3, and RBGs 4 and 5 are subbands 2. That is, in the second information, the indication of the RBG index is the same as one sub-band, and the difference is another sub-band.
  • 0 and 1 can also be used to indicate different multiplexing modes, or 1 means that there is a multiplexing mode, 0 means no multiplexing mode, and the like.
  • the second information can be transmitted through dynamic signaling, such as DCI, so that the indication of the frequency domain resource configuration of the reference signal by the base station is more dynamic and flexible, so that the base station can recover according to the actual frequency domain resources of different UEs. Use the situation to indicate the resource configuration of the reference signal.
  • dynamic signaling such as DCI
  • the second information may be transmitted by static signaling, such as an RRC message or an SIB message.
  • Table 2 is a resource allocation indication configured by the base station for UE1 and UE2 in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the multiplexing mode 1 indicates FDM, 0 indicates CDM, and the transmission bandwidth 1 indicates occupancy.
  • the transmission bandwidth of UE1 is the corresponding subband 1, 2, and 3, and the multiplexing modes are 0, 0, and 1, respectively, that is, UE1 performs CDM on subbands 1, 2, and performs on subband 3.
  • FDM FDM
  • UE2 has a transmission bandwidth of corresponding subbands 3 and 4, and the multiplexing mode is 1, 0, respectively, UE2 performs FDM in subband 3, and performs CDM on subband 4.
  • UE1 performs CDM on subbands 1, 2, and can determine subbands 1, 2 as sub-frequency domain resources, that is, UE1 uses subbands 1, 2 to transmit reference signals;
  • UE2 performs CDM in subband 4, and can determine subbands 4 as The sub-frequency domain resource, that is, UE2 transmits the reference signal using the entire sub-band 4.
  • the bandwidth allocated when the UE transmits is not necessarily required to be an integer multiple of the sub-band divided by the base station.
  • the subband 4 occupied by the UE2 may also be only a part of the PRB in the subband.
  • the base station also sends a subcarrier indication, indicating that the UE2 uses the 6 PRBs of the subband 4, but the reference signal of the UE2 in the subband. The multiplexing method is still done as indicated on the subband.
  • the second information sent by the base station to the UE1 includes the positions and multiplexing modes of the sub-bands 1, 2, and 3, and the multiplexing mode is CDM, and the UE1 may determine the sub-band.
  • 1, 2, and 3 are sub-frequency domain resources for transmitting DMRS.
  • the multiplexing mode of the sub-frequency domain resources is the CDM mode
  • the multiplexing mode of the sub-frequency domain resources may not be configured in the second information, and the UE side usage is not affected.
  • the multiplexing mode in the second information and the frequency domain resource indication information such as the sub-band indication and the sub-carrier indication may be sent by using the RRC message or the SIB message, and the overhead of the air interface physical layer signaling may be reduced.
  • the second information may be transmitted through a DCI message, and an RRC message or an SIB message.
  • the base station indicates the subband of the system bandwidth or the bandwidth in which the short delay transmission is located by static signaling, such as an RRC message or an SIB message.
  • static signaling such as an RRC message or an SIB message.
  • the base station can indicate to the UE that the bandwidth is divided into 10 sub-bands, each sub-band having a size of 10 PRBs.
  • the base station can also indicate the multiplexing mode of each subband by dynamic signaling such as DCI message, etc., such as FDM or CDM.
  • the dynamic signaling and the static signaling to send the indication information
  • a certain static signaling overhead can be saved, and the indication information transmitted by the dynamic signaling can be flexibly configured according to the scheduling requirement.
  • the first information may also be transmitted through dynamic signaling DCI messages and/or static signaling such as RRC messages or SIB messages.
  • multiplexing manner of different frequency domain resources indicated in the second information may be the same or different.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of multiple UEs sharing DMRS frequency domain resources according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • UE1, UE2, UE3, and UE4 share one DMRS symbol.
  • the UE1 and the UE2 share the frequency domain resource of the subband 1, the UE1 uses the odd subcarrier in the frequency domain resource of the subband 2, the UE3 uses the even subcarrier in the frequency domain resource of the subband 2, and the UE1 and the UE3 share the subband. 3 frequency domain resources.
  • the second information sent by the base station to the UE1 may indicate the positions of the sub-band 1, the sub-band 2, and the sub-band 3, and indicate that the multiplexing mode of the sub-band 1 and the sub-band 3 is the CDM mode, and the sub-band
  • the multiplexing mode of 2 is FDM mode
  • the subcarriers indicated by subcarrier indication information are odd subcarriers, and the like.
  • the UE determines the sub-frequency domain resource according to the frequency domain resource location and the multiplexing manner indicated by the base station, and flexibly determines the multiplexing manner of the UE on different sub-frequency domain resources, thereby reducing the base station when receiving the reference signal. Interference between different UEs improves scheduling flexibility and improves channel estimation performance.
  • the reference signal sequence of each of the sub-frequency domain resources is multiplexed in the same manner; or, at least The reference signal sequences of the two sub-frequency domain resources are multiplexed in different ways.
  • the multiplexing manner of the sub-frequency domain resources in the second information may include both the CDM mode and the FDM mode.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of multiple UEs sharing DMRS frequency domain resources according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • UE1, UE2, UE3, and UE4 share one DMRS symbol.
  • the UE1 uses the odd subcarriers on the subband 1 to the subband 3 to transmit the DMRS, and the UE1 and the UE2 share the odd subcarriers of the subband 1, the UE1 uses the odd subcarriers in the frequency domain resources of the subband 2, and the UE3 uses the subcarriers.
  • UE1 and UE3 share the odd subcarriers of subband 3.
  • the multiplexing mode of UE1 on subband 1 includes both FDM mode and CDM mode.
  • the second information that the base station configures for the UE1 may indicate that the multiplexing mode of the UE1 in the subband 1, the subband 2, and the subband 3 includes the FDM mode, and indicates that the UE1 is in the subband 1 and the subband.
  • the multiplexing mode of 3 includes the CDM mode.
  • the second information that the base station configures for the UE2 may indicate that the multiplexing mode of the UE2 in the sub-band 1 is the CDM mode; and the second information that the base station configures for the UE3 may indicate that the multiplexing mode of the UE3 in the sub-band 3 is In the FDM mode, the second information that the base station configures for the UE4 may indicate that the multiplexing mode of the UE4 in the sub-band 1 is the CDM mode.
  • UE1 may also use different subcarriers on different subbands to perform multiplexing of DMRS with different UEs, without being limited to odd subcarriers or even subcarriers.
  • FIG. 11 is a flowchart of a method for transmitting a reference signal according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method of Figure 11 is performed by a base station.
  • the method includes:
  • the first information is generated, where the first information is used to indicate a sequence parameter corresponding to the at least one sub-frequency domain resource, where the at least one sub-frequency domain resource is a frequency domain resource used by the first UE to map the reference signal sequence.
  • Each sub-frequency domain resource of the first UE corresponds to a sequence parameter.
  • the reference signal may be a Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS), or may be a reference signal for synchronization, used for CSI (Channel State Information/Indicator channel state information/indication)
  • DMRS Demodulation Reference Signal
  • CSI Channel State Information/Indicator channel state information/indication
  • the reference signal to be measured, or a plurality of reference signals, such as a reference signal for positioning, is not limited in the present invention.
  • the DMRS is taken as an example in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the root sequence number used by the reference signal is independent of the bandwidth of the reference signal.
  • DMRS Demodulation Reference Signal
  • the root sequence numbers used by the DMRS sequences generated by different UEs belonging to the same cell in the same time slot are identical.
  • one sub-frequency domain resource corresponds to one sequence parameter
  • sequence parameters corresponding to different sub-frequency domain resources may be the same or different.
  • the sub-band 1, the sub-band 2, and the sub-band 3 respectively correspond to one sequence parameter, and the three sequence parameters corresponding to the three sub-bands may be the same or different.
  • the at least one sub-frequency domain resource is a frequency domain resource used for transmitting a reference signal in a frequency domain resource of the UE.
  • the reference signal is a DMRS
  • the at least one sub-frequency domain resource includes some or all of the sub-carriers in the data bandwidth in which the DMRS is located.
  • the base station configures the indication information of the sequence parameter corresponding to each sub-frequency domain resource for transmitting the reference signal, so that the base station can implement complete control on the reference signal sequence on the UE, thereby ensuring scheduling. flexibility.
  • the performance of the system can also be optimized by configuring the sequence parameters of the UE.
  • the sequence parameter comprises at least one of: a root sequence index of the reference signal sequence, a cyclic shift value or an orthogonal cover code.
  • the first information is used by the first UE to directly determine sequence parameters corresponding to the at least one sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the first information may be used by the first UE to determine an indication value of the sequence parameter corresponding to the at least one sub-frequency domain resource, and then determine the offset value of the sequence parameter corresponding to the at least one sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the offset value of the sequence parameter corresponding to the at least one sub-frequency domain resource is determined by the first UE according to the resource index value of the at least one sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the first information may also be transmitted by using a dynamic signaling DCI message and/or static signaling, such as an RRC message or an SIB message.
  • a dynamic signaling DCI message and/or static signaling such as an RRC message or an SIB message.
  • the first information sent by the base station to the first UE may be referred to the first information received by the UE in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5, which is not described herein again.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a reference signal sequence corresponding to a frequency domain resource according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • UE1 and UE2 occupy the same sub-frequency domain resource, and the reference signal sequence index1 corresponding to the sub-frequency domain resource of UE1 is different from the reference signal sequence index2 corresponding to the sub-frequency domain resource of UE2;
  • the sub-frequency domain resource occupied by the UE2 is the first part of a sub-frequency domain resource occupied by the UE1, and the reference signal sequence index1 corresponding to the first part of the sub-frequency domain resource occupied by the UE1 and the sub-frequency occupied by the UE2
  • the reference signal sequence index2 corresponding to the domain resource is different. It should be understood that the sequence parameters are different if the reference signal sequence is different.
  • the base station configures different sequence parameters on the same frequency domain resource for different UEs, so as to configure different reference signal sequences for different UEs in the same frequency domain resource, thereby ensuring The performance of the reference signal when the UEs of different bandwidths multiplex the same time-frequency resources in the CDM manner can realize the sharing of the same time-frequency resources among multiple users, thereby improving the spectrum efficiency.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a scenario in which a base station configures reference signal resources for multiple UEs according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the base station needs to configure reference signal resources for multiple UEs.
  • the base station may also configure different sub-frequency domain resources for different UEs.
  • the method may further include: generating second information, where the second information is used to indicate the at least one sub-frequency domain resource; and sending the second information to the first UE.
  • the second information may indicate that at least one consecutive subcarrier is used as a sub-frequency domain resource for the UE to transmit the reference signal.
  • the second information sent by the base station to the UE1 indicates that the base station configures two subbands for the UE1, that is, the RGB indexes 1 and 2 are one subband, and the RBG3 is one subband.
  • One subband here is a sub-frequency domain resource of the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the second information may indicate at least one consecutive subcarrier, and the UE selects a set of matching subcarriers from the consecutive subcarriers according to a predefined subcarrier selection rule as a frequency domain in which the UE sends the reference signal. Resources. At this time, a subcarrier set conforming to the subcarrier selection rule in each consecutive subcarrier is used as one sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the predefined subcarrier selection rule may be, for example, an index value of a certain type of subcarrier in consecutive subcarriers. Specifically, for example, the subcarriers are occupied in a discrete manner, which may be odd subcarriers, or even subcarriers, which may be indicated using an index of 0 or 1. For another example, if one subcarrier is occupied every M subcarriers in a discrete manner, the index value of the subband may be indicated by any one of 0 to M-1. In addition, the index value of the subcarrier in the subband of the UE may also be determined according to the identifier ID of the UE, for example: ID mod M.
  • the second information may indicate a continuous subcarrier resource and a subcarrier indication corresponding to the continuous subcarrier resource, where the subcarrier indication is used to indicate that the continuous subcarrier resource is used to send the reference signal. Subcarrier.
  • the second information may indicate at least one continuous subcarrier resource, and the subcarrier indications corresponding to each consecutive subcarrier resource may be the same or different.
  • the base station indicates the sub-frequency domain resources of the UE by using the second information, so that the DMRS of the resources between different UEs can be flexibly multiplexed, thereby improving the flexibility of the base station scheduling.
  • the method of the embodiment of the present invention may also be reduced. Less bandwidth limitations for single-subband DMRS UEs.
  • the second information may further include a multiplexing manner of the at least one sub-frequency domain resource, where a multiplexing manner of each sub-frequency domain resource is used to indicate a frequency of the UE and other UEs on the sub-frequency domain resource. Domain resource reuse relationship.
  • the multiplexing manner may include at least one multiplexing manner of frequency division multiplexing, code division multiplexing, resource sharing, and the like.
  • the multiplexing manner configured by the base station for the subband 1 and the subband 3 may include frequency division multiplexing and code division multiplexing
  • the multiplexing manner configured by the base station for the subband 2 may include frequency division. Reuse, and more.
  • the multiplexing mode may be used to combine other frequency domain resource indication information or UE pre-coding in the second information, in addition to indicating the frequency domain resource multiplexing relationship between the UE and other UEs on the sub-frequency domain resources.
  • the defined frequency domain resource indication information indicates the at least one sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the second information may be transmitted through static signaling such as an RRC message or an SIB message, or transmitted through a dynamic signaling DCI message or the like, or through a DCI message, and an RRC message or an SIB message.
  • multiple UEs may multiplex the same frequency domain resource, and the base station may configure different sequence parameters for multiple UEs on the same frequency domain resource.
  • the method may further include: generating, by the third information, a sequence parameter corresponding to the at least one sub-frequency domain resource for transmitting the reference signal in the frequency domain resource of the second UE, where the The second sub-frequency domain resource of the at least one sub-frequency domain resource of the second UE is all or part of the frequency domain resource of the first sub-frequency domain resource of the at least one sub-frequency domain resource of the first UE, and the second sub-frequency domain The resource is different from the sequence parameter corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource; the third information is sent.
  • the reference signal sequence indicating the first sub-frequency domain resource is index1 in the first information configured by the base station for the UE1, and the second sub-frequency is indicated in the third information configured by the base station for the UE2.
  • the reference signal sequence of the domain resource is index2.
  • the second sub-frequency domain resource is a partial sub-carrier of the first sub-frequency domain resource, but the reference signal sequence index1 configured by the base station for the UE1 is different from the reference signal sequence index2 configured by the base station for the UE2.
  • the base station may also configure the same sequence parameters for the same frequency domain resources for different UEs.
  • control information is mapped to the entire time slot or subframe in a frequency domain continuous manner.
  • the transmission of the delay is shortened, and the transmission time occupied by the time domain is reduced, the coherence bandwidth in the frequency domain becomes larger (such as a high frequency scene in 5G), or the frequency domain resources are increased (such as a low frequency scene), thereby resulting in
  • the transmission of technical control information does not result in a frequency domain diversity gain due to selective fading in the frequency domain.
  • the embodiment of the invention provides a method and a device for transmitting control information, which can solve the problem that the control information transmission cannot obtain the frequency domain diversity gain due to selective fading in the frequency domain.
  • FIG. 14 is a flowchart of a method for transmitting control information according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method of Figure 14 is performed by a base station, and the method can include:
  • control information of the embodiment of the present invention may be Uplink Control Information (UCI).
  • UCI Uplink Control Information
  • the control information includes at least one of the following:
  • Hybrid Automatic Repeat-reQuest (HARQ) response information Channel State Information (CSI), Scheduling Request (SR).
  • CSI Channel State Information
  • SR Scheduling Request
  • the channel state information CSI includes at least one of the following:
  • Rank Indicator RI
  • PMI Precoding Matrix Indicator
  • CQI Channel Quality Indicator
  • PTI Precoding Type Indicator
  • Beaming Indicator Beaming indicator/indication, BI.
  • the frequency domain resource for transmitting the control information falls into the already-missed manner because the control information is transmitted in a frequency domain continuous manner.
  • the frequency domain resources are attenuated, so that additional frequency domain diversity gain can be obtained when UCI transmission is obtained.
  • the resources allocated in the frequency domain must be increased. For example, if a short delay transmission of 2 symbols occupies 6 PRB in the frequency domain, the bandwidth is 1.08 MHz, and on the frequency below 6 GHz, the bandwidth of 1.08 MHz has a characteristic of selective fading in a part of the frequency domain, thereby Frequency diversity gain can be obtained by making discrete transmissions over this bandwidth.
  • the coherence bandwidth is greatly increased, and, in 5G.
  • the proposed channel bandwidth is also extended to around 100 MHz.
  • the coherence bandwidth becomes wider, UCI continuous transmission will bring performance degradation, and discrete frequency transmission in the frequency domain can also obtain greater frequency selective diversity gain.
  • step 1410 may be specifically implemented to: divide each of the at least one type of control information into multiple parts, and separately discard each part of the control information in a frequency domain.
  • the mode is mapped to different parts of the bandwidth occupied by the data channel resource.
  • step 1410 is specifically implemented as: dividing each of the at least one type of control information into two parts, respectively mapping to both sides of the occupied bandwidth of the data channel resource.
  • the expected minimum bandwidth of the 2-symbol TTI is 1.08 MHz.
  • the control information is placed on both sides to obtain the frequency selection gain.
  • control information when at least one of the control information is divided into different parts and mapped to two sides of the occupied bandwidth of the data channel respectively, the control information is respectively on the two sides of the data channel resource occupied bandwidth from low to high. Frequency mapping and mapping from high to low frequencies.
  • the placement scheme of the embodiment of the present invention can completely place all the control information on both sides.
  • Figure 15 is a diagram of a control information mapping method in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
  • Fig. 15(a) corresponds to a short delay transmission scenario of 1 data symbol
  • Fig. 15(b) corresponds to a short delay transmission scenario of 2 data symbols.
  • the base station may map an Acknowledgement (ACK)/Negative Acknowledgement (NACK) from the two sides of the bandwidth in which the data is located to the middle, and then sequentially map in the same manner.
  • RI maps the CQI/PMI to the non-ACK/NACIK and RI parts, and finally maps the uplink data sPUSCH to the non-UCI area.
  • ACK Acknowledgement
  • NACK Negative Acknowledgement
  • ACK/NACK is respectively mapped from the two sides of the bandwidth in which the data is located, and is preferentially mapped to a symbol closer to the DMRS, that is, a symbol on the left side, and then in the same manner.
  • the RI is then mapped to the same symbol, then the CQI/PMI is mapped to the non-ACK/NACIK and RI portions, and finally the uplink data sPUSCH is mapped to the non-UCI region.
  • the above mapping order is only for convenience of description, and in the actual mapping process, there is no order of mapping.
  • Figure 16 is a diagram of a control information mapping method in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 16 corresponds to a transmission scenario of 1 slot.
  • UCI is mapped from the two sides of the bandwidth where the data is located, and ACK/NACIK and RI are mapped on symbols 2 and 4 of the slot (symbols are numbered from 0), and CQI/PMI is mapped in the symbol. 0, 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6.
  • ACK/NACK is mapped to the middle from both sides of the bandwidth in which the data resides, and is preferentially mapped closer to the DMRS.
  • the symbol that is, the symbol on the left, then maps the RI in the same symbol in the same way, then maps the CQI/PMI to the non-ACK/NACIK and RI parts, and finally maps the uplink data sPUSCH to the non-UCI. region.
  • the two sides of the DMRS symbol and the two sides of the bandwidth can not only obtain the frequency selective gain, but also enable the control information to have better channel estimation performance. Therefore, it can ensure that ACK/NACK and RI obtain the best demodulation performance, thereby improving the correctness of important control information feedback and improving the quality of communication.
  • step 1410 may be specifically implemented by: mapping a plurality of the control information to different portions of the data channel resource occupation bandwidth.
  • step 1410 is specifically implemented to: map the first control information from the high frequency subcarrier to the low frequency subcarrier in each of the at least one portion of the data channel resource occupied bandwidth; wherein, the first The control information is one of a plurality of such control information.
  • the step 1410 is specifically implemented to: map the first control information from the low frequency subcarrier to the high frequency subcarrier in each of the at least one part of the data channel resource occupied bandwidth;
  • the first control information is one of a plurality of such control information.
  • the step 1410 is specifically implemented to: map the first control information from the low frequency subcarrier to the high frequency subcarrier in the first part of the at least one part of the channel resource occupied bandwidth, where the channel resource is Mapping the first control information from the high frequency subcarrier to the low frequency subcarrier in the second portion of the at least one portion of the occupied bandwidth; wherein the first control information is one of a plurality of the control information.
  • step 1410 can be specifically implemented as:
  • mapping the HARQ response message to subband 2 and subband 4 mapping the RI to subband 1 and subband 3;
  • mapping the HARQ response message to subband 1 and subband 4 mapping the RI to subband 2 and subband 3;
  • the HARQ response message is mapped to subband 2 and subband 3, and the RI is mapped to subband 1 and subband 4.
  • the subband may be configured by signaling or a part of the bandwidth divided in the channel of the predefined transmission UCI.
  • Subbands may be evenly divided or unevenly divided. The invention is not limited thereto.
  • Figure 17 is a diagram of another control information mapping method in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
  • Fig. 17(a) corresponds to a short delay transmission scenario of 1 data symbol
  • Fig. 17(b) corresponds to a short delay transmission scenario of 2 data symbols.
  • the UE performs control information transmission on the data bandwidth divided into four sub-bands.
  • the UE may map the HARQ response message (ACK/NACK) from the low frequency subcarriers of the subband 0 and the subband 2 to the high frequency subcarriers respectively; the RI is from the subband 1 and the subband 3, respectively.
  • the low frequency subcarriers are mapped to high frequency subcarriers.
  • the data bandwidth in which the UE is located is divided into four sub-bands.
  • the UE may also map the ACK/NACK from the low frequency subcarrier of the subband 0 to the high frequency subcarrier, from the high frequency subcarrier of the subband 3 to the low frequency subcarrier; and the RI from the low frequency subcarrier of the subband 1 to the high frequency
  • the subcarrier mapping is mapped from the high frequency subcarrier of the subband 2 to the low frequency subcarrier.
  • CQI and PMI may be mapped in areas other than ACK/NACK, and data is mapped in areas other than UCI.
  • different control information is separately transmitted in different sub-bands, thereby ensuring that different control information does not interfere with each other, is convenient for receiving by the base station receiver, and different control information is transmitted on different sub-bands.
  • the frequency gain of these control information transmissions can be maximized.
  • the step 1410 is specifically implemented to: the first control information is mapped from the high frequency subcarrier to the low frequency subcarrier in each of the plurality of first partial resources, where the plurality of first partial resources are Generating, for the data channel resource, a resource for mapping the first control information; and mapping the second control information from the low frequency subcarrier to the high frequency subcarrier for each of the plurality of second partial resources, the plurality of second Part of the resource is a resource for mapping the second control information in the occupied bandwidth of the data channel resource.
  • the K kinds of control information in the control information are respectively mapped to different parts of the bandwidth, so that the control information is simultaneously on the same deep fading subcarrier, so that at least some of the control information can be correctly obtained. transmission.
  • step 1410 is specifically implemented to: when the control information includes multiple control information, map the multiple control information to at least two time domain data symbols of the data channel resource, And mapping to the bandwidth occupied by the data channel resource in a frequency domain discrete manner on.
  • Figure 18 is a further control information mapping method of an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 19 is a further control information mapping method of an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the UE can also map control information onto multiple symbols based on the embodiment shown in Figures 15-17. Specifically, in the embodiment shown in FIGS. 18 and 19, the UE may map RI, ACK/NACK to symbol 2 and symbol 4 of 1 slot.
  • the above-described method can be applied to TTIs of different lengths, and the suitable range of the method of the present invention is expanded.
  • the step 1410 is specifically implemented to: map the first control information to the time-frequency resource of the data channel resource on the first symbol in a frequency domain discrete manner, and map the second control information to the frequency domain discrete manner to The time-frequency resource of the data channel resource on the second symbol. For example, mapping the first control information to the data channel resource in the time domain as a first symbol, the frequency domain being a time-frequency resource on the first sub-band and the second sub-band; mapping the first control information to the data channel resource The time domain is the second symbol, and the frequency domain is the time-frequency resource on the first sub-band and the second sub-band.
  • Figure 20 is a further control information mapping method of an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the UE may map the ACK/NACK to the symbol 2 in the time domain and the RI to the symbol 4, and the mapping on the frequency domain may refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 15-17.
  • the step 1410 is specifically implemented to: map the first control information to the first subband of the data channel resource and the time-frequency resource on the first symbol, and the second sub-band and the first of the data channel resource a time-frequency resource on the two symbols; mapping the second control information to the first sub-band of the data channel resource and the time-frequency resource on the second symbol, and the second sub-band of the data channel resource and the first symbol Time-frequency resources.
  • Figure 21 is a further control information mapping method of an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the UE may cross-sign the ACK/NACK and the RI with the symbol 2, the symbol 4, and the sub-band 0 and the sub-band 3.
  • the ACK/NACK and RI are on the subband 0 and the subband 3, and may be mapped from the high frequency subcarrier to the low frequency subcarrier and/or from the high frequency subcarrier to the low frequency subcarrier mapping, which is not limited herein.
  • time diversity and interference dispersion can be played in time to avoid being simultaneously placed on one symbol and being strongly interfered at the same time.
  • the number of symbols occupied by the control information on one subframe of the channel resource may be any one of two, three, four, six or seven.
  • step 1410 may specifically The method is: mapping the HARQ response message and the RI in the control information to two adjacent time domain data symbols on both sides of the data channel resource, and mapping to the bandwidth occupied by the data channel resource in a frequency domain discrete manner. on.
  • the step 1410 may be specifically implemented by: mapping the HARQ response message and the RI in the control information to the same time domain data on the same side of the data channel resource. Symbolically, and mapped in a frequency domain discrete manner to the bandwidth occupied by the data channel resource.
  • the method may further include performing rate matching or puncturing operation on the data channel resource when the control information is sent.
  • the impact on the data transmitted in the channel is reduced as much as possible, thereby ensuring that the transmission performance of the original channel is hardly decreased.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram of a device to device according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • a Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS), a base station (eNB), a Road Side Unit (RSU), and a User Equipment (UE) may be included.
  • GNSS Global Navigation Satellite System
  • eNB base station
  • RSU Road Side Unit
  • UE User Equipment
  • the communication network shown in FIG. 22 may be, for example, a car network or the like.
  • UEs may communicate with each other, the UE may be an in-vehicle device or the like; the RSU may communicate with each UE and/or eNB; the eNB may communicate with each UE and/or RSU; the GNSS may be used for FIG. 22
  • the other network elements shown provide information on location and authorization.
  • Each of the above network element devices can communicate with each other, and the spectrum of the cellular link can be used for communication, and the intelligent traffic spectrum near 5.9 GHz can also be used.
  • the technology in which each network element device communicates with each other may be enhanced based on the LTE protocol, or may be enhanced based on the D2D technology.
  • the eNB is optional.
  • the application scenario of the embodiment of the present invention may be classified into three types according to the coverage of the UE by the eNB: if there is an eNB, it belongs to a scenario with network coverage; if there is no eNB, it belongs to a scenario without network coverage; Some UEs are in the network, and another part of the UE is outside the network coverage, and belongs to the partially covered scene.
  • the prior art typically synchronizes and communicates with the base station as a synchronization source on the D2D link.
  • the UE on the vehicle may not be able to obtain the synchronization source, thereby causing the communication to fail, and in the scenario without the coverage of the base station, the synchronization performance of the prior art is poor, and the communication is poor. Quality is not guaranteed.
  • an embodiment of the present invention proposes a pass.
  • a method of synchronizing a source for D2D communication is synchronized.
  • FIG. 23 is a flow chart of a method for D2D communication by a synchronization source according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method of Figure 23 is performed by a UE.
  • the UE may be an in-vehicle device or a mobile terminal, such as a mobile phone, a tablet (PAD), etc., as shown in FIG. 23, the method may include:
  • the UE detects a signal of the first device according to the first synchronization source configuration information, where the first device is a satellite device.
  • the satellite device of the present invention may include: Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) or a device capable of providing similar functionality to GNSS.
  • GNSS includes navigation satellite systems provided by various countries and regions, such as China's Beidou, the United States' GPS, the European Galileo system, and Russia's GLONASS.
  • the satellite device may also be a device capable of providing similar accuracy to GNSS, such as an atomic clock based positioning and timing device.
  • the first synchronization source configuration information is sent by the base station to the UE.
  • the UE may flexibly adjust the synchronization source of the UE according to the first synchronization source configuration information sent by the base station.
  • the first synchronization source configuration information is predefined or pre-configured.
  • the first synchronization source configuration information is predefined, for example, the first synchronization source configuration information may be protocol-defined, and the like.
  • the first synchronization source configuration information is pre-configured, for example, may be preset by the UE at the factory, or preset by a user of the UE, and the like.
  • the UE determines the synchronization source according to the pre-configured first synchronization source configuration information, and may enable the UE to obtain synchronization source information in a scenario that is not covered by the base station.
  • the first synchronization source configuration information may include priority information of a synchronization source type.
  • the first synchronization source configuration information may indicate that the priority of the three synchronization sources of the satellite device, the UE synchronization source from the network coverage, and the UE synchronization source from the network coverage is:
  • Satellite equipment > UE synchronization source from within network coverage > UE synchronization source from outside the network coverage;
  • UE synchronization source from the network coverage > satellite device > UE synchronization source from outside the network coverage.
  • the UE can be preferentially synchronized to the synchronization source with the higher priority of the synchronization source type when simultaneously detecting multiple synchronization sources of different priorities.
  • the first synchronization source configuration information may include priority information of the synchronization source.
  • satellite device A is specified to have the highest priority, satellite device B second, base station C third, RSU D fourth, and so on.
  • the first device When the UE detects a valid signal of the first device, the first device is used as a synchronization source of the D2D link of the UE, or when the UE does not detect a valid signal of the first device.
  • the first device Obtaining a second device as a synchronization source of the D2D link, wherein the second device is a device other than the satellite device.
  • the UE selects a satellite device as a synchronization source when there is an effective satellite signal, and selects a device other than the satellite device as a synchronization source when the effective satellite signal is not detected, so that the UE has a satellite signal or no satellite.
  • the signal can be synchronized according to the synchronization source, so that the user equipment can be prevented from losing the synchronization source for a long time and the synchronization fails, thereby improving the synchronization efficiency of the user equipment.
  • the UE may not detect a valid satellite signal and may include multiple conditions.
  • the UE does not detect the valid satellite signal, where the channel quality of the satellite signal detected by the UE is less than the first threshold.
  • a first threshold value may be determined in advance, and when the channel quality of the detected satellite signal is less than the first threshold value, the satellite signal may be considered as an invalid signal.
  • the first threshold may be set to a minimum channel quality required by the UE to communicate with the satellite device, or a value higher than the lowest channel quality. Further, the channel quality of the satellite signal detected by the UE is less than the first threshold value, and the channel quality of the satellite signal detected by the UE in the preset time is less than the first threshold.
  • the UE does not detect the valid satellite signal, and the UE does not detect the satellite signal. Further, the UE detecting the satellite signal includes: the UE does not detect the satellite signal within a predetermined time. If the UE does not detect the satellite signal within the predetermined time, it can be considered that the UE cannot detect the satellite signal, and obviously no effective satellite signal is obtained.
  • a predetermined duration may be set.
  • the UE does not detect that the duration of the valid satellite signal is greater than the predetermined duration, the UE is considered to be lost.
  • the star device synchronizes the source, and at this time, it is necessary to acquire a second device other than the satellite device as a synchronization source.
  • the UE detecting the valid signal of the first device includes: detecting, by the UE, a satellite signal within the predetermined duration, or the channel quality of the satellite signal detected by the UE is greater than or equal to a second threshold.
  • the second threshold may be the same as or different from the first threshold.
  • the method may further include: sending, to the base station of the UE, indication information, where the indication information indicates that the UE does not detect a valid satellite signal.
  • the UE may send indication information to the base station to notify the base station, so that the base station configures a synchronization source for the UE.
  • the base station can configure the synchronization source for the UE according to the indication information, and can also not configure.
  • the acquiring the second device as the synchronization source of the D2D link may include: receiving second synchronization source configuration information sent by the base station, where the second synchronization source configuration information indicates that the second device is the a synchronization source of the UE; determining, according to the second synchronization source configuration information, that the second device is a synchronization source of the D2D link.
  • the base station may resend the second synchronization source configuration information to the UE.
  • the second synchronization source configured in the second synchronization source configuration information may be the base station.
  • acquiring the second device as the synchronization source of the D2D link includes: acquiring the device with the highest priority among the synchronization sources in the second device as the second synchronization source.
  • the second synchronization source is a base station or other UE of the UE.
  • the first synchronization source configuration information in addition to the satellite device as the first synchronization source, other synchronization sources may be included.
  • the first synchronization source configuration information may be sent by the base station to the UE, or may be pre-configured by the UE.
  • the second synchronization source may be a base station or the like of the UE, or other UEs adjacent to the UE, and the like.
  • the UE may pre-configure the synchronization source with the highest priority as the satellite device, and the second highest priority is the base station of the UE, and when the UE does not detect the valid satellite signal, the UE is used as the second synchronization of the UE.
  • the source is synchronized.
  • the synchronization source determined in advance or determined by the predefined priority rule is selected as the second synchronization source, so that the user equipment can synchronize according to the pre-configured synchronization source.
  • the synchronization efficiency of the user equipment is not limited.
  • the method may further include: when the UE does not detect that the duration of the valid satellite signal is less than a predetermined duration, and the UE detects the signal of the second device, The second device acts as a synchronization source for the D2D link.
  • the UE may use the synchronization source as the synchronization source of the UE and synchronize, which may be shorter.
  • the synchronization source is obtained in time, and the principle of selecting a synchronization source with a higher priority is followed.
  • the second device is a synchronization source having a priority no lower than the satellite device.
  • the UE may also select the synchronization source with the highest priority as the synchronization source of the D2D link according to the priority of the synchronization source or the priority of the synchronization source type.
  • the method further includes: switching the communication resource on the D2D link of the UE to a resource or resource pool associated with the synchronization source.
  • the UE synchronizes to the RSU shown in FIG. 22, it communicates using the resource or resource pool associated with the RSU; accordingly, if the UE synchronizes to the base station shown in FIG. 22, the resource associated with the base station is used or Resource pools communicate, and so on.
  • the communication resources on the D2D link of the UE are switched to the resource or resource pool associated with the synchronization source, which can reduce the UEs in different synchronization sources in the same communication. Interference problems caused by timing deviation problems when communicating on resources can ensure efficient communication between UEs of different synchronization sources.
  • the method may further include: when the signal quality of the D2D link detected by the UE is lower than a third threshold, the UE transmits a synchronization signal on the D2D link.
  • the signal quality herein may be any one or more of RSRP, RSRQ, SINR, and RSSI, and the threshold may be predefined, pre-configured, or configured by signaling.
  • the synchronization signal sent on the D2D link may be used for synchronization between different UEs in the network, or may be triggered to synchronize to a high priority synchronization source on the D2D link when the network is outside the network. Synchronization signal so that other UEs can obtain synchronization references in time. There is a second threshold limit that can reduce unnecessary emissions. This ensures synchronization performance on the D2D link.
  • the present invention also provides a user equipment for performing the method of the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 and implementing the functions of the UE in the embodiment and the extended embodiment shown in FIG. 5.
  • the user equipment may implement a corresponding method by means of a functional module, which may comprise means for performing the method of the embodiment shown in FIG.
  • the present invention also proposes a base station for performing the method of the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 and implementing The functions of the base station in the embodiment shown in Fig. 11 and the extended embodiment.
  • the base station may implement a corresponding method by means of a functional module, which may comprise means for performing the method of the embodiment shown in FIG.
  • the present invention also provides a base station for performing the method of the embodiment shown in FIG. 14 and implementing the functions of the base station in the embodiment and the extended embodiment shown in FIG.
  • the base station may implement a corresponding method by means of a functional module, which may comprise means for performing the method of the embodiment shown in FIG.
  • the present invention also provides a user equipment for performing the method of the embodiment shown in FIG. 23 and implementing the functions of the UE in the embodiment and the extended embodiment shown in FIG.
  • the user equipment may implement a corresponding method by means of a functional module, which may comprise means for performing the method of the embodiment shown in FIG.
  • the invention also proposes a computer readable storage medium for storing a computer program comprising instructions for performing the method of the embodiment of Fig. 5.
  • the present invention also proposes another computer readable storage medium for storing a computer program comprising instructions for performing the method of the embodiment shown in FIG.
  • the present invention also provides yet another computer readable storage medium for storing a computer program comprising instructions for performing the method of the embodiment of FIG.
  • the invention further proposes a further computer readable storage medium for storing a computer program comprising instructions for performing the method of the embodiment of Fig. 23.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment 2400 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the user equipment 2400 may include: a processing module 2402 and a transmitting module 2401, where
  • the processing module 2402 is configured to determine a sequence parameter corresponding to the at least one sub-frequency domain resource of the user equipment 2400, and generate a reference signal sequence according to the sequence parameter, where one sub-frequency domain resource corresponds to one sequence parameter.
  • the transmitting module 2401 is configured to map the reference signal sequence to a physical resource corresponding to the at least one sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the user equipment 2400 generates a reference signal sequence based on the sequence parameter by determining a sequence parameter corresponding to the at least one sub-frequency domain resource, and maps the reference signal sequence to the physical resource corresponding to the at least one sub-frequency domain resource, so that the base station can
  • the generation parameters of the reference signal are flexibly allocated according to the scheduled multiplexing condition of each UE, thereby increasing the multiplexing capability of multiple users and enhancing the flexibility of scheduling.
  • processing module 2402 can be a processor and transmitting module 2401 can be a transmitter.
  • the user equipment may further include a receiving module 2403.
  • the receiving module can be a receiver.
  • the transmitter and receiver can be coupled into the antenna.
  • the reference signal is a demodulation reference signal DMRS
  • the at least one sub-frequency domain resource includes some or all of the sub-carriers in a data bandwidth in which the DMRS is located.
  • the sequence parameter comprises at least one of: a root sequence index of the reference signal sequence, a cyclic shift value or an orthogonal cover code.
  • the sequence parameter corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource in the at least one sub-frequency domain resource is determined by the first resource index value of the first sub-frequency domain resource.
  • At least one of a sequence group hop and/or a sequence hop of the root sequence index in the sequence parameter is determined by the first resource index value.
  • the processing module 2402 is further configured to: obtain the first information, where the first information is used to indicate a sequence parameter corresponding to the at least one sub-frequency domain resource; wherein the processing module 2402 is configured to use, according to the A message determines a sequence parameter corresponding to the at least one sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the processing module 2402 is further configured to: acquire the first information, where the first information is used to indicate at least one sequence parameter corresponding to the at least one sub-frequency domain resource; wherein, the processing module 2402 is configured to: determine, according to the first information, a resource index value corresponding to the at least one sub-frequency domain resource, the at least one sequence parameter corresponding to the at least one sub-frequency domain resource.
  • processing module 2402 may directly obtain the first information from the information predefined or preset by the user equipment 2400, or receive the first information sent by the base station through the receiving module 2403.
  • sequence parameters indicated by the first information are absolute values or relative values.
  • processing module 2402 is further configured to: determine the at least one sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the at least one sub-frequency domain resource is signaling indicated or predefined or pre-configured.
  • the processing module 2402 is further configured to: acquire second information, where the second information is used to indicate the at least one sub-frequency domain resource; wherein the processing module 2402 is configured to: according to the first The second information determines the at least one sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the second information includes a multiplexing manner of the at least one sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the multiplexing manner may include at least one multiplexing manner of frequency division multiplexing, code division multiplexing, resource sharing, and the like.
  • the at least one sub-frequency domain resource is two or more sub-frequency domain resources, each of the sub-frequency resources The frequency domain resources are multiplexed in the same manner; or at least two of the sub-frequency domain resources are multiplexed differently.
  • processing module 2402 may directly obtain the second information from the information predefined or preset by the user equipment 2400, or receive the second information sent by the base station through the receiving module 2403.
  • the user equipment 2400 can also perform the method of FIG. 5 and implement the functions of the user equipment in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5, which is not described herein again.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station 2500 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the base station 2500 can include: a processing module 2502 and a transmitting module 2501, where
  • the processing module 2502 is configured to generate first information, where the first information is used to indicate a sequence parameter corresponding to the at least one sub-frequency domain resource, where the at least one sub-frequency domain resource is used by the first UE to map the reference signal sequence
  • the domain resource, each sub-frequency domain resource of the first UE corresponds to a sequence parameter.
  • the transmitting module 2501 is configured to send the first information to the first UE.
  • the base station 2500 configures the indication information of the sequence parameter corresponding to each sub-frequency domain resource of the reference signal for the UE, so that the base station can implement complete control of the reference signal sequence on the UE, thereby ensuring scheduling. Flexibility.
  • processing module 2502 can be a processor and transmitting module 2501 can be a transmitter.
  • the user equipment may further include a receiving module 2503.
  • the receiving module can be a receiver.
  • the transmitter and receiver can be coupled into the antenna.
  • the reference signal is a demodulation reference signal DMRS
  • the at least one sub-frequency domain resource includes some or all subcarriers in a data bandwidth in which the DMRS of the first UE is located.
  • the sequence parameter comprises at least one of: a root sequence index of the reference signal sequence, a cyclic shift value or an orthogonal cover code.
  • the processing module 2502 is further configured to generate the second information, where the second information is used to indicate the at least one sub-frequency domain resource, where the transmitting module 2501 is further configured to send the second information to the first UE.
  • the second information includes a multiplexing manner of the at least one sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the at least one sub-frequency domain resource is two or more sub-frequency domain resources
  • the reference signal sequence of each of the sub-frequency domain resources is multiplexed in the same manner; or, at least two of the sub-frequency are present
  • the reference signal sequence of the domain resource is multiplexed in different ways.
  • the processing module 2502 is further configured to generate third information, where the third information is used to indicate a sequence parameter corresponding to the at least one sub-frequency domain resource, where the at least one sub-frequency domain resource is used by the second UE for mapping a frequency domain resource of the reference signal sequence, where each of the sub-frequency domain resources of the second UE corresponds to a sequence parameter, where the second sub-frequency domain resource of the at least one sub-frequency domain resource of the second UE is the first UE All or part of the frequency domain resources of the first sub-frequency domain resource in the at least one sub-frequency domain resource, and the second sub-frequency domain resource and the sequence parameter corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource are different; wherein the transmitting module 2501 further And the third information is sent to the second UE.
  • the base station 2500 can also perform the method of FIG. 11 and implement the functions of the base station in the embodiment shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment 2600 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the user equipment 2600 may include: a processing module 2602 and a transmitting module 2601, where
  • the processing module 2602 is configured to map the control information to the data channel resource for carrying the control information in a frequency domain discrete manner, where each of the data channel resources is less than 1 ms in the time domain;
  • the transmitting module 2601 is configured to send the control information by using the data channel resource.
  • the user equipment 2600 maps the at least one type of control information to the data channel resource in a frequency domain discrete manner, so as to avoid the frequency domain resource that transmits the control information by using the frequency domain continuous manner to transmit the control information. It falls within the range of frequency domain resources that have been attenuated, so that additional frequency domain diversity gain can be obtained when UCI transmission is obtained.
  • processing module 2602 can be a processor and transmitting module 2601 can be a transmitter.
  • the user equipment may further include a receiving module 2603.
  • the receiving module can be a receiver.
  • the transmitter and receiver can be coupled into the antenna.
  • control information includes at least one of the following: hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ response information, channel state information CSI, or scheduling request SR.
  • the CSI includes at least one of the following: a rank indication RI, a precoding matrix indication PMI, a channel quality indication CQI, a precoding type indication PTI, and beam indication information BI.
  • the processing module 2602 is specifically configured to: divide each of the at least one type of the control information into multiple parts, and separately discard each part of the control information in a frequency domain The manner is mapped to different parts of the bandwidth occupied by the data channel resource; or a plurality of the control information are respectively mapped to different parts of the occupied bandwidth of the data channel resource.
  • processing module 2602 is specifically configured to: each of the at least one type of control information It is divided into two parts and mapped to both sides of the occupied bandwidth of the data channel resource.
  • processing module 2602 is specifically configured to:
  • the first control information is one of the plurality of the control information.
  • control information includes a HARQ response message and an RI
  • data channel resource is divided into four sub-bands of sub-band 1, sub-band 2, sub-band 3, and sub-band 4, the processing module 2602 is specifically used to :
  • mapping the HARQ response message to subband 2 and subband 4 mapping the RI to subband 1 and subband 3;
  • mapping the HARQ response message to subband 1 and subband 4 mapping the RI to subband 2 and subband 3;
  • the HARQ response message is mapped to subband 2 and subband 3, and the RI is mapped to subband 1 and subband 4.
  • the processing module 2602 is specifically configured to: when the control information includes multiple control information, map the multiple control information to at least two time domain data symbols of the data channel resource, and discretize the frequency domain The way is mapped to the bandwidth occupied by the data channel resource.
  • processing module 2602 is specifically configured to:
  • the number of symbols occupied by the control information on one subframe of the data channel resource is any one of two, three, four, six or seven.
  • the processing module 2602 is specifically configured to: respectively map the HARQ response message and the RI in the control information to two time domain data symbols adjacent to the two sides of the data channel resource. And mapped to the bandwidth occupied by the data channel resource in a frequency domain discrete manner.
  • the processing module 2602 is specifically configured to: map the HARQ response message and the RI in the control information to the same side of the same data channel resource.
  • the time domain data symbols are mapped and mapped to the bandwidth occupied by the data channel resources in a frequency domain discrete manner.
  • the transmitting module 2601 is further configured to perform rate matching or puncturing operation on the data channel resource when the control information is sent.
  • the user equipment 2600 can also perform the method of FIG. 14 and implement the functions of the user equipment in the embodiment shown in FIG. 14, which is not described herein again.
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment 2700 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the user equipment 2700 may include: a transceiver module 2701 and a processing module 2702, where
  • the processing module 2702 is configured to detect, by using the first synchronization source configuration information, a signal of the first device, where the first device is a satellite device;
  • the transceiver module 2701 is configured to receive a signal of the first device
  • the processing module 2702 When the processing module 2702 detects a valid signal of the first device, the processing module 2702 is further configured to use the first device as a synchronization source of the D2D link of the UE, or when the processing module 2702 does not detect the valid The processing module 2702 is further configured to acquire, by the second device, a synchronization source of the D2D link, where the second device is a device other than the satellite device;
  • the transceiver module 2701 is further configured to perform communication of the D2D link according to a synchronization source of the D2D link.
  • the user equipment 2700 selects a satellite device as a synchronization source when there is an effective satellite signal, and selects a device other than the satellite device as a synchronization source when the effective satellite signal is not detected, so that the UE has a satellite signal or
  • synchronization can be performed according to the synchronization source, thereby preventing the user equipment from losing the synchronization source for a long time and causing synchronization failure, thereby improving the synchronization efficiency of the user equipment.
  • the processing module 2702 can be a processor, and the transceiver module 2701 can include a transceiver or include a transmitter and a receiver. The transmitter and receiver can be coupled into the antenna.
  • the first synchronization source configuration information is sent by the base station to the UE; or the first synchronization source configuration information is predefined or pre-configured.
  • the processing module 2702 does not detect the valid satellite signal, including:
  • the channel quality of the satellite signal detected by the processing module 2702 is less than the first threshold
  • the processing module 2702 does not detect the satellite signal
  • the processing module 2702 does not detect the satellite signal or the channel quality of the detected satellite signal is less than the first threshold value within a preset time.
  • the detecting, by the processing module 2702, the valid signal of the first device includes:
  • the processing module 2702 detects the satellite signal within the predetermined duration, or the channel quality of the satellite signal detected by the processing module 2702 within the preset duration is greater than or equal to the second threshold.
  • the processing module 2702 may use the second device as the second device.
  • the synchronization source of the D2D link when the processing module 2702 does not detect that the duration of the valid satellite signal is less than a predetermined duration, and the processing module 2702 detects the signal of the second device, the processing module 2702 may use the second device as the second device.
  • the synchronization source of the D2D link when the processing module 2702 does not detect that the duration of the valid satellite signal is less than a predetermined duration, and the processing module 2702 detects the signal of the second device, the processing module 2702 may use the second device as the second device.
  • the synchronization source of the D2D link when the processing module 2702 does not detect that the duration of the valid satellite signal is less than a predetermined duration, and the processing module 2702 detects the signal of the second device.
  • the transceiver module 2701 is further configured to send, to the base station of the UE, indication information, where the indication information indicates that the UE does not detect a valid satellite signal.
  • the transceiver module 2701 is further configured to receive the second synchronization source configuration information that is sent by the base station, where the second synchronization source configuration information indicates that the second device is the synchronization source of the UE, and the processing module 2702 is specifically configured to: according to the first The second synchronization source configuration information determines that the second device is a synchronization source of the D2D link. Further, the second device is the base station.
  • the processing module 2702 is specifically configured to: acquire, as the second synchronization source, a device with the highest priority among the synchronization sources in the second device.
  • the second synchronization source is a base station or other UE of the UE.
  • the processing module 2702 is further configured to: switch the communication resource on the D2D link of the UE to a resource or a resource pool associated with the synchronization source.
  • the transceiver module 2701 is further configured to transmit a synchronization signal on the D2D link.
  • the user equipment 2700 can also perform the method of FIG. 23 and implement the functions of the user equipment in the embodiment shown in FIG. 23, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 28 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment 2800 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • a schematic diagram of a physical device structure of the user equipment 2800 can be as shown in FIG. 28, including a processor 2802, a memory 2803, a transmitter 2801, and a receiver 2804.
  • transmitter 2801 and receiver 2804 can be coupled to antenna 2805.
  • the memory 2803 is configured to store a program.
  • the program can include program code, the program code including computer operating instructions.
  • the memory 2803 can include read only memory and random access memory and provides instructions and data to the processor 2802.
  • the memory 2803 may include a high speed RAM memory and may also include a non-volatile memory such as at least one disk memory.
  • the processor 2802 executes a program stored in the memory 2803.
  • the processor 2802 can perform the following methods through the receiver 2804 and the transmitter 2801:
  • the reference signal sequence is mapped to a physical resource corresponding to at least one sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the method performed by the user equipment disclosed in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 of the present invention may be applied to the processor 2802 or implemented by the processor 2802.
  • the processor 2802 may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, each step of the above method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 2802 or an instruction in a form of software.
  • the processor 2802 may be a general-purpose processor, including a central processing unit (CPU), a network processor (NP Processor, etc.), or a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit. (ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware component.
  • the general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be directly implemented by the hardware decoding processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory 2803, and the processor 2802 reads the information in the memory 2803 and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • FIG. 29 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station 2900 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • a schematic diagram of a physical device structure of the base station 2900, as shown in FIG. 29, includes a processor 2902, a memory 2903, a transmitter 2901, and a receiver 2904.
  • transmitter 2901 and receiver 2904 can be coupled to antenna 2905.
  • the memory 2903 is configured to store a program.
  • the program can include program code, the program code including computer operating instructions.
  • Memory 2903 can include read only memory and random access memory and provides instructions and data to processor 2902.
  • the memory 2903 may include a high speed RAM memory and may also include a non-volatile memory such as at least one disk memory.
  • the processor 2902 executes the program stored in the memory 2903.
  • the processor 2902 can perform the following methods through the receiver 2904 and the transmitter 2901:
  • Generating a first information where the first information is used to indicate a sequence parameter corresponding to the at least one sub-frequency domain resource, where the at least one sub-frequency domain resource is a frequency domain resource used by the first UE to map the reference signal sequence, where Each sub-frequency domain resource of a UE corresponds to a sequence parameter;
  • Processor 2902 may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, each step of the above method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 2902 or an instruction in a form of software.
  • the processor 2902 may be a general-purpose processor, including a central processing unit (CPU), a network processor (NP Processor, etc.), or a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit. (ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware component.
  • the general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be directly implemented by the hardware decoding processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory 2903, and the processor 2902 reads the information in the memory 2903 and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • FIG. 30 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment 3000 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • a schematic diagram of a physical device structure of the user equipment 3000 may be as shown in FIG. 30, and includes a processor 3002, a memory 3003, a transmitter 3001, and a receiver 3004.
  • transmitter 3001 and receiver 3004 can be coupled to antenna 3005.
  • the memory 3003 is configured to store a program.
  • the program can include program code, the program code including computer operating instructions.
  • the memory 3003 can include read only memory and random access memory and provides instructions and data to the processor 3002.
  • the memory 3003 may include a high speed RAM memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory such as at least one disk memory.
  • the processor 3002 executes a program stored in the memory 3003.
  • the processor 3002 can perform the following methods through the receiver 3004 and the transmitter 3001:
  • the control information is transmitted through the data channel resource.
  • the method performed by the user equipment disclosed in the embodiment shown in FIG. 14 of the present invention may be applied to the processor 3002 or implemented by the processor 3002.
  • the processor 3002 may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, each step of the foregoing method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 3002 or an instruction in a form of software.
  • the processor 3002 may be a general-purpose processor, including a central processing unit (CPU), a network processor (NP Processor, etc.), or a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit. (ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware component.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • NP Processor network processor
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA off-the-shelf programmable gate array
  • the general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be directly implemented by the hardware decoding processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory 3003, and the processor 3002 reads the information in the memory 3003 and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • FIG. 31 is an embodiment of the present invention A schematic structural diagram of a user equipment 3100.
  • a schematic diagram of a physical device structure of the user equipment 3100 may be as shown in FIG. 31, including a processor 3102, a memory 3103, a transmitter 3101, and a receiver 3104.
  • transmitter 3101 and receiver 3104 can be coupled to antenna 3105.
  • the memory 3103 is configured to store a program.
  • the program can include program code, the program code including computer operating instructions.
  • Memory 3103 can include read only memory and random access memory and provides instructions and data to processor 3102.
  • the memory 3103 may include a high speed RAM memory and may also include a non-volatile memory such as at least one disk memory.
  • the processor 3102 executes the program stored in the memory 3103.
  • the processor 3102 can perform the following methods through the receiver 3104 and the transmitter 3101:
  • the first device When the signal of the first device is detected, the first device is used as a synchronization source of the D2D link of the UE, or when the signal of the first device is not detected, the second device is acquired as a synchronization source of the D2D link, wherein the second device is a device other than a satellite device;
  • the communication of the D2D link is performed according to the synchronization source of the D2D link.
  • the method performed by the user equipment disclosed in the embodiment shown in FIG. 23 of the present invention may be applied to the processor 3102 or implemented by the processor 3102.
  • the processor 3102 may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, each step of the foregoing method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 3102 or an instruction in a form of software.
  • the processor 3102 may be a general-purpose processor, including a central processing unit (CPU), a network processor (NP Processor, etc.), or a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit. (ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware component.
  • the general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be directly implemented by the hardware decoding processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory 3103, the processor The 3102 reads the information in the memory 3103 and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • the size of the sequence numbers of the above processes does not mean the order of execution, and the order of execution of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not be taken to the embodiments of the present invention.
  • the implementation process constitutes any limitation.
  • the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other manners.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the unit is only a logical function division.
  • there may be another division manner for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in an electrical, mechanical or other form.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions may be stored in a computer readable storage medium if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product.
  • the technical solution of the present invention which is essential or contributes to the prior art, or a part of the technical solution, may be embodied in the form of a software product, which is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which can be a personal computer, a server, Or a network device or the like) performing all or part of the steps of the method of the various embodiments of the present invention.
  • the foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes. .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
  • Synchronisation In Digital Transmission Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本发明实施例提供了一种参考信号序列的映射方法、配置方法、基站和用户设备，该方法包括：确定UE的至少一个子频域资源对应的序列参数，其中，一个子频域资源对应于一种序列参数；根据该序列参数生成参考信号序列；将该参考信号序列映射到至少一个子频域资源对应的物理资源上。

Description

参考信号序列的映射方法、配置方法、基站和用户设备 技术领域
本发明涉及通信领域，并且更具体地，涉及参考信号序列的映射方法、配置方法、基站和用户设备。
背景技术
随着社会的发展，用户对无线通信技术的要求越来越高。对无线通信而言，传输速率和传输时延是一个关键指标。在传输一个固定大小的数据包时，传输占用的时间越短，则通信系统可以支持更多的用户数或者可以支持并行传输更多的数据。此外，从用户体验上看，更短的时延会带更快的传输速度、更大的用户容量以及更好的用户体验。
要减少长期演进(Long Term Evolution，LTE)系统的时延，从物理从看就是缩短每次传输占用的时间，比如LTE传输时的时频资源的基本单位是1ms，则需要使用小于1ms的时频资源来做无线通信的传输。
在现有技术中，对每个小区，每个时隙中生成解调参考信号(Demodulation Reference Signal，DMRS)的参考信号序列，在不同的频域带宽中使用的参考信号序列的根序列号完全相同，不同的UE通过使用参考信号序列的不同循环移位进行传输。
当一次传输占用的时域资源的符号变少时，可能会存在多个UE在同一个符号上发送参考信号的场景。如何在不同的UE间复用参考信号，避免不同UE的信道估计的相互干扰，是亟待解决的技术问题。
发明内容
本发明实施例提供一种参考信号序列的映射方法、配置方法、基站和用户设备，能够根据基站所调度的各个UE的复用情况灵活地分配参考信号的生成参数，从而增加多用户的复用能力，增强调度的灵活性。
第一方面，提出了一种参考信号序列的映射方法，该方法包括确定UE的至少一个子频域资源对应的序列参数，其中，一个子频域资源对应于一种序列参数；根据该序列参数生成参考信号序列；将该参考信号序列映射到至少一个子频域资源对应的物理资源上。
结合第一方面，在第一种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该参考信号为DMRS，该至少一个子频域资源包括DMRS所在的数据带宽中的部分或全部子载波。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为，该序列参数包括以下中的至少一种：参考信号序列的根序列索引、循环移位值或正交覆盖码。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：第一子频域资源对应的序列参数是由该第一子频域资源的第一资源索引值确定的，该第一子频域资源是该至少一个子频域资源之一。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：第一根序列索引的序列组跳和/或序列跳是由该第一资源索引值确定的，其中，该第一根序列索引是第一子频域资源对应的序列参数中的根序列索引。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：获取第一信息，该第一信息用于指示该至少一个子频域资源对应的序列参数；其中，确定该至少一个子频域资源对应的序列参数具体实现为：根据该第一信息确定该至少一个子频域资源对应的序列参数。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第六种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：获取第一信息，该第一信息用于指示该至少一个子频域资源对应的至少一种序列参数；其中，确定该至少一个子频域资源对应的序列参数具体实现为：根据该第一信息和该至少一个子频域资源对应的资源索引值确定该至少一个子频域资源对应的该至少一种序列参数。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第七种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第一信息所指示的序列参数为绝对值或相对值。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第八种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：确定该至少一个子频域资源。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第九种可能的实现方式中，该至少一个子频域资源是信令指示的或预定义或预配置的。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第十种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：获取第二信息，该第二信息用于指示该至少一个子频域资源；其中，确定该至少一个子频域资源，具体实现为：根据该第二信息确 定该至少一个子频域资源。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第二信息包括该至少一个子频域资源的复用方式。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该复用方式包括频分复用和/或码分复用。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：当该至少一个子频域资源为两个及以上的子频域资源时，每个该子频域资源的复用方式相同；或者，至少存在两个该子频域资源的复用方式不同。
第二方面，提出了一种用户设备，包括：处理模块和发射模块，其中，该处理模块用于：确定用户设备的至少一个子频域资源对应的序列参数，并根据该序列参数生成参考信号序列，其中，一个子频域资源对应于一种序列参数；该处理模块还用于通过该发射模块将该参考信号序列映射到该至少一个子频域资源对应的物理资源上。
结合第二方面，在第一种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该参考信号为DMRS，该至少一个子频域资源包括DMRS所在的数据带宽中的部分或全部子载波。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为，该序列参数包括以下中的至少一种：参考信号序列的根序列索引、循环移位值或正交覆盖码。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：第一子频域资源对应的序列参数是由该第一子频域资源的第一资源索引值确定的，该第一子频域资源是该至少一个子频域资源之一。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：第一根序列索引的序列组跳和/或序列跳是由该第一资源索引值确定的，其中，该第一根序列索引是第一子频域资源对应的序列参数中的根序列索引。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，该处理模块还用于：获取第一信息，该第一信息用于指示该至少一个子频域资源对应的序列参数；其中，该处理模块用于根据该第一信息确定该至少一个子频域资源对应的序列参数。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的第六种可能的实现方式中，该处理模块还用于：获取第一信息，该第一信息用于指示该至少一个子频域资源对应的至少一种序列参数；其中，该处理模块用于：根据该第一信息和该至少一个子频域资源对应的资源索引值确定该至少一个子频域资源对应的该至少一种序列参数。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的第七种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第一信息所指示的序列参数为绝对值或相对值。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的第八种可能的实现方式中，该处理模块还用于：确定该至少一个子频域资源。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的第九种可能的实现方式中，该至少一个子频域资源是信令指示的或预定义或预配置的。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的第十种可能的实现方式中，该处理模块还用于：获取第二信息，该第二信息用于指示该至少一个子频域资源；其中，该处理模块用于：根据该第二信息确定该至少一个子频域资源。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第二信息包括该至少一个子频域资源的复用方式。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该复用方式包括频分复用和/或码分复用。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：当该至少一个子频域资源为两个及以上的子频域资源时，每个该子频域资源的复用方式相同；或者，至少存在两个该子频域资源的复用方式不同。
第三方面，提供了另一种用户设备，包括处理器、发射机和接收机，该处理器用于执行通过该发射机和该接收机执行第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第四方面，提出了一种计算机可读存储介质，用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序包括用于执行第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的指令。
第五方面，提出了一种参考信号序列的配置方法，该方法包括：生成第一信息，其中，该第一信息用于指示至少一个子频域资源对应的序列参数， 该至少一个子频域资源是该第一UE用于映射参考信号序列的频域资源，该第一UE的每个子频域资源对应于一种序列参数；向该第一UE发送该第一信息。
结合第五方面，在第一种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该参考信号为DMRS，该至少一个子频域资源包括该第一UE的DMRS所在的数据带宽中的部分或全部子载波。
结合第五方面及其上述实现方式，在第五方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该序列参数包括以下中的至少一种：参考信号序列的根序列索引、循环移位值或正交覆盖码。
结合第五方面及其上述实现方式，在第五方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：生成第二信息，该第二信息用于指示该至少一个子频域资源；向该第一UE发送该第二信息。
结合第五方面及其上述实现方式，在第五方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第二信息包括该至少一个子频域资源的复用方式。
结合第五方面及其上述实现方式，在第五方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：当该至少一个子频域资源为两个及以上的子频域资源时，每个该子频域资源的参考信号序列的复用方式相同；或者，至少存在两个该子频域资源的参考信号序列的复用方式不同。
结合第五方面及其上述实现方式，在第五方面的第六种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：生成第三信息，该第三信息指示该第二UE的频域资源中用于发送参考信号的至少一个子频域资源对应的序列参数，其中，该第二UE的至少一个子频域资源中第二子频域资源是该第一UE的至少一个子频域资源中第一子频域资源的全部或部分频域资源，且该第二子频域资源和该第一子频域资源对应的序列参数不同；向该第二UE发送该第三信息。
第六方面，提出了一种基站，处理模块和发射模块，其中，该处理模块用于生成第一信息，其中，该第一信息用于指示至少一个子频域资源对应的序列参数，该至少一个子频域资源是该第一UE用于映射参考信号序列的频域资源，该第一UE的每个子频域资源对应于一种序列参数；该发射模块，用于向该第一UE发送该第一信息。
结合第六方面，在第一种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该参考信号为DMRS，该至少一个子频域资源包括该第一UE的DMRS所在的数据带宽 中的部分或全部子载波。
结合第六方面及其上述实现方式，在第六方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，该序列参数包括以下中的至少一种：参考信号序列的根序列索引、循环移位值或正交覆盖码。
结合第六方面及其上述实现方式，在第六方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，该处理模块还用于生成第二信息，该第二信息用于指示该至少一个子频域资源；其中，该发射模块还用于向该第一UE发送该第二信息。
结合第六方面及其上述实现方式，在第六方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第二信息包括该至少一个子频域资源的复用方式。
结合第六方面及其上述实现方式，在第六方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：当该至少一个子频域资源为两个及以上的子频域资源时，每个该子频域资源的参考信号序列的复用方式相同；或者，至少存在两个该子频域资源的参考信号序列的复用方式不同。
结合第六方面及其上述实现方式，在第六方面的第六种可能的实现方式中，该处理模块还用于生成第三信息，该第三信息用于指示至少一个子频域资源对应的序列参数，该第三信息中的该至少一个子频域资源是该第二UE用于映射参考信号序列的频域资源，该第二UE的每个子频域资源对应于一种序列参数，其中，该第二UE的至少一个子频域资源中第二子频域资源是该第一UE的至少一个子频域资源中第一子频域资源的全部或部分频域资源，且该第二子频域资源和该第一子频域资源对应的序列参数不同；其中，该发射模块还用于向该第二UE发送该第三信息。
第七方面，提供了另一种基站，包括处理器、发射机和接收机，该处理器用于执行通过该发射机和该接收机执行第五方面或第五方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第八方面，提出了一种计算机可读存储介质，用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序包括用于执行第五方面或第五方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的指令。
第九方面，提出了一种控制信息的发送方法，包括：将控制信息以频域离散的方式映射到用于承载该控制信息的数据信道资源上，其中每个该数据信道资源在时域上小于1ms；通过该数据信道资源发送该控制信息。
结合第九方面，在第一种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为，该控制信息 包括以下中的至少一种：HARQ应答信息、CSI或SR。
结合第九方面及其上述实现方式，在第九方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为，该CSI包括以下中的至少一种：RI、PMI、CQI、PTI、BI。
结合第九方面及其上述实现方式，在第九方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，将控制信息以频域离散的方式映射到用于承载该控制信息的数据信道资源上，具体实现为：将至少一种该控制信息中的每一种分成多个部分，并将每一种该控制信息的多个部分分别以频域离散的方式映射到该数据信道资源占用带宽上的不同部分上；或者，将多种该控制信息分别映射到该数据信道资源占用带宽上的不同部分上。
结合第九方面及其上述实现方式，在第九方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，将至少一种该控制信息中的每一种分成多个部分，并将每一种该控制信息的多个部分分别以频域离散的方式映射到该数据信道资源占用带宽上的不同部分上，具体实现为：将至少一种控制信息中的每一种分成两个部分，分别映射到该数据信道资源占用带宽的两侧。
结合第九方面及其上述实现方式，在第九方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，将多种该控制信息分别映射到该数据信道资源占用带宽上的不同部分上，具体实现为：
在该数据信道资源占用带宽上的至少一个部分中的每个部分中将第一控制信息从高频子载波到低频子载波进行映射；或者
在该数据信道资源占用带宽上的至少一个部分中的每个部分中将该第一控制信息从低频子载波到高频子载波进行映射；或者
在该数据信道资源占用带宽上的至少一个部分中的第一部分中将该第一控制信息从低频子载波到高频子载波进行映射，在该数据信道资源占用带宽上的至少一个部分中的第二部分中将该第一控制信息从高频子载波到低频子载波进行映射；其中，该第一控制信息为该多种该控制信息之一。
结合第九方面及其上述实现方式，在第九方面的第六种可能的实现方式中，当该控制信息包括HARQ应答消息和RI时，且该数据信道资源被分为子带1、子带2、子带3和子带4共四个子带时，将控制信息以频域离散的方式映射到用于承载该控制信息的数据信道资源，具体实现为：
将HARQ应答消息映射到子带1和子带3，将RI映射到子带2和子带 4；或者
将HARQ应答消息映射到子带2和子带4，将RI映射到子带1和子带3；或者
将HARQ应答消息映射到子带1和子带4，将RI映射到子带2和子带3；或者
将HARQ应答消息映射到子带2和子带3，将RI映射到子带1和子带4。
结合第九方面及其上述实现方式，在第九方面的第七种可能的实现方式中，将控制信息以频域离散的方式映射到用于承载该控制信息的数据信道资源上，具体实现为：当该控制信息包括多种控制信息时，将该多种控制信息分别映射到该数据信道资源的至少两个时域数据符号上，并以频域离散的方式映射到该数据信道资源占用的带宽上。
结合第九方面及其上述实现方式，在第九方面的第八种可能的实现方式中，将控制信息以频域离散的方式映射到用于承载该控制信息的数据信道资源上，具体实现为：
将第一控制信息以频域离散的方式映射到该数据信道资源在第一符号上的时频资源，将第二控制信息以频域离散的方式映射到该数据信道资源在第二符号上的时频资源；或者
将第一控制信息映射到该数据信道资源的第一子带和第一符号上的时频资源，以及该数据信道资源的第二子带和第二符号上的时频资源；将第二控制信息映射到该数据信道资源的第一子带和第二符号上的时频资源，以及该数据信道资源的第二子带和第一符号上的时频资源。
结合第九方面及其上述实现方式，在第九方面的第九种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该控制信息在该数据信道资源的一个子帧上占用的符号数为2个、3个、4个、6个或7个中的任意一种。
结合第九方面及其上述实现方式，在第九方面的第十种可能的实现方式中，当该控制信息包括HARQ应答消息和RI，将控制信息以频域离散的方式映射到用于承载该控制信息的数据信道资源，具体实现为：将该控制信息中的HARQ应答消息和RI分别映到该数据信道资源两侧相邻的两个时域数据符号上，并且以频域离散的方式映射到该数据信道资源占用的带宽上。
结合第九方面及其上述实现方式，在第九方面的第十一种可能的实现方 式中，当该控制信息包括HARQ应答消息和RI时，将控制信息以频域离散的方式映射到用于承载该控制信息的数据信道资源，具体实现为：将该控制信息中的HARQ应答消息和RI分别映到该数据信道资源同侧的相同的时域数据符号上，并且以频域离散的方式映射到该数据信道资源占用的带宽上。
结合第九方面及其上述实现方式，在第九方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：在发送该控制信息时对承载该控制信息的信道进行速率匹配或打孔。
第十方面，提出了一种用户设备，包括：处理模块和发射模块，其中，
该处理模块用于将控制信息以频域离散的方式映射到用于承载该控制信息的数据信道资源上，其中每个该数据信道资源在时域上小于1ms；该发射模块用于从该数据信道资源发送该控制信息。
结合第十方面，在第一种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为，该控制信息包括以下中的至少一种：HARQ应答信息、CSI或SR。
结合第十方面及其上述实现方式，在第十方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为，该CSI包括以下中的至少一种：RI、PMI、CQI、PTI、BI。
结合第十方面及其上述实现方式，在第十方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，该处理模块具体用于：将至少一种该控制信息中的每一种分成多个部分，并将每一种该控制信息的多个部分分别以频域离散的方式映射到该数据信道资源占用带宽上的不同部分上；或者，将多种该控制信息分别映射到该数据信道资源占用带宽上的不同部分上。
结合第十方面及其上述实现方式，在第十方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，该处理模块具体用于：将至少一种控制信息中的每一种分成两个部分，分别映射到该数据信道资源占用带宽的两侧。
结合第十方面及其上述实现方式，在第十方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，该处理模块具体用于：
在该数据信道资源占用带宽上的至少一个部分中的每个部分中将第一控制信息从高频子载波到低频子载波进行映射；或者
在该数据信道资源占用带宽上的至少一个部分中的每个部分中将该第一控制信息从低频子载波到高频子载波进行映射；或者
在该数据信道资源占用带宽上的至少一个部分中的第一部分中将该第 一控制信息从低频子载波到高频子载波进行映射，在该数据信道资源占用带宽上的至少一个部分中的第二部分中将该第一控制信息从高频子载波到低频子载波进行映射；
其中，该第一控制信息为该多种该控制信息之一。
结合第十方面及其上述实现方式，在第十方面的第六种可能的实现方式中，当该控制信息包括HARQ应答消息和RI时，且该数据信道资源被分为子带1、子带2、子带3和子带4共四个子带时，该处理模块具体用于：
将HARQ应答消息映射到子带1和子带3，将RI映射到子带2和子带4；或者
将HARQ应答消息映射到子带2和子带4，将RI映射到子带1和子带3；或者
将HARQ应答消息映射到子带1和子带4，将RI映射到子带2和子带3；或者
将HARQ应答消息映射到子带2和子带3，将RI映射到子带1和子带4。
结合第十方面及其上述实现方式，在第十方面的第七种可能的实现方式中，该处理模块具体用于：当该控制信息包括多种控制信息时，将该多种控制信息分别映射到该数据信道资源的至少两个时域数据符号上，并以频域离散的方式映射到该数据信道资源占用的带宽上。
结合第十方面及其上述实现方式，在第十方面的第八种可能的实现方式中，该处理模块具体用于：
将第一控制信息映射到该数据信道资源在第一符号上的时频资源，将第二控制信息映射到该数据信道资源在第二符号上的时频资源；或者
将第一控制信息映射到该数据信道资源的第一子带和第一符号上的时频资源，以及该信道资源的第二子带和第二符号上的时频资源；将第二控制信息映射到该数据信道资源的第一子带和第二符号上的时频资源，以及该信道资源的第二子带和第一符号上的时频资源。
结合第十方面及其上述实现方式，在第十方面的第九种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该控制信息在该数据信道资源的一个子帧上占用的符号数为2个、3个、4个、6个或7个中的任意一种。
结合第十方面及其上述实现方式，在第十方面的第十种可能的实现方式 中，当该控制信息包括HARQ应答消息和RI，将控制信息以频域离散的方式映射到用于承载该控制信息的数据信道资源，具体实现为：将该控制信息中的HARQ应答消息和RI分别映到该数据信道资源两侧相邻的两个时域数据符号上，并且以频域离散的方式映射到该数据信道资源占用的带宽上。
结合第十方面及其上述实现方式，在第十方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中，当该控制信息包括HARQ应答消息和RI时，将控制信息以频域离散的方式映射到用于承载该控制信息的数据信道资源，具体实现为：将该控制信息中的HARQ应答消息和RI分别映到该数据信道资源同侧的相同的时域数据符号上，并且以频域离散的方式映射到该数据信道资源占用的带宽上。
结合第十方面及其上述实现方式，在第十方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：在发送该控制信息时对承载该控制信息的信道进行速率匹配或打孔。
第十一方面，提供了另一种用户设备，包括处理器、发射机和接收机，该处理器用于执行通过该发射机和该接收机执行第九方面或第九方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第十二方面，提出了一种计算机可读存储介质，用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序包括用于执行第九方面或第九方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的指令。
第十三方面，提出了一种通过同步源进行D2D通信的方法，该方法包括：UE根据第一同步源配置信息检测第一设备的信号，其中，该第一设备为卫星设备；当该UE检测到有效的该第一设备的信号时，将该第一设备作为该UE的D2D链路的同步源，或者，当该UE检测不到有效的该第一设备的信号时，获取第二设备作为该D2D链路的同步源，其中该第二设备为卫星设备之外的设备；根据该D2D链路的同步源进行该D2D链路的通信。
结合第十三方面，在第一种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第一同步源配置信息是该基站发送给该UE的；或者，该第一同步源配置信息是预定义或预配置的。
结合第十三方面及其上述实现方式，在第十三方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为，该UE检测不到有效的卫星信号包括：该UE检测到的卫星信号的信道质量小于第一门限值；或者，该UE检测不到卫星信号；或者，该UE在预设时间内检测不到卫星信号或检测到的卫星信号的信道质 量小于该第一门限值。
结合第十三方面及其上述实现方式，在第十三方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，该UE检测到有效的该第一设备的信号，具体实现为：该UE在该预定时长内检测到卫星信号，或该UE在该预设时长内检测到的卫星信号的信道质量大于或等于第二门限值。
结合第十三方面及其上述实现方式，在第十三方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，当该UE检测不到有效的卫星信号时，获取第二设备作为该D2D链路的同步源，具体实现为：当该UE检测不到有效的卫星信号的持续时间小于预定时长，且该UE检测到第二设备的信号，则将该第二设备作为该D2D链路的同步源。
结合第十三方面及其上述实现方式，在第十三方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：向该UE的基站发送指示信息，该指示信息指示该UE检测不到有效的卫星信号。
结合第十三方面及其上述实现方式，在第十三方面的第六种可能的实现方式中，获取第二设备作为该D2D链路的同步源，具体实现为：接收该基站发送的第二同步源配置信息，该第二同步源配置信息指示该第二设备作为该UE的同步源；根据该第二同步源配置信息确定该第二设备为该D2D链路的同步源。
结合第十三方面及其上述实现方式，在第十三方面的第七种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第二设备为该基站。
结合第十三方面及其上述实现方式，在第十三方面的第八种可能的实现方式中，获取第二设备作为该D2D链路的同步源，具体实现为：获取该第二设备中同步源中优先级最高的设备作为该第二同步源。
结合第十三方面及其上述实现方式，在第十三方面的第九种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第二同步源为该UE的基站或其它UE。
结合第十三方面及其上述实现方式，在第十三方面的第十种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：将该UE的D2D链路上的通信资源切换到与该同步源相关联的资源或资源池上。
结合第十三方面及其上述实现方式，在第十三方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：当该UE检测到的该D2D链路上的信号质量低于第三门限值时，该UE发射该D2D链路上的同步信号。
第十四方面，提出了一种用户设备，包括：处理模块和收发模块，其中，该处理模块用于根据第一同步源配置信息，检测第一设备的信号，其中，该第一设备为卫星设备；该收发模块用于接收该第一设备的信号；当该处理模块检测到有效的该第一设备的信号时，该处理模块还用于将该第一设备作为该用户设备的D2D链路的同步源，或者，当该处理模块检测不到有效的该第一设备的信号时，该处理模块还用于获取第二设备作为该D2D链路的同步源，其中该第二设备为卫星设备之外的设备；该收发模块用于根据该D2D链路的同步源进行该D2D链路的通信。
结合第十四方面，在第一种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第一同步源配置信息是该基站发送给该用户设备的；或者，该第一同步源配置信息是预定义或预配置的。
结合第十四方面及其上述实现方式，在第十四方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，该处理模块检测不到有效的卫星信号包括：
该处理模块检测到的卫星信号的信道质量小于第一门限值；或者
该处理模块检测不到卫星信号；或者
该处理模块在预设时间内检测不到卫星信号或检测到的卫星信号的信道质量小于该第一门限值。
结合第十四方面及其上述实现方式，在第十四方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，该处理模块检测到有效的该第一设备的信号包括：该处理模块在该预定时长内检测到卫星信号，或该处理模块在该预设时长内检测到的卫星信号的信道质量大于或等于第二门限值。
结合第十四方面及其上述实现方式，在第十四方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，当该处理模块检测不到有效的卫星信号的持续时间小于预定时长，且该处理模块检测到第二设备的信号，则该处理模块将该第二设备作为该D2D链路的同步源。
结合第十四方面及其上述实现方式，在第十四方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，该收发模块还用于向该用户设备的基站发送指示信息，该指示信息指示该用户设备检测不到有效的卫星信号。
结合第十四方面及其上述实现方式，在第十四方面的第六种可能的实现方式中，该收发模块还用于接收该基站发送的第二同步源配置信息，该第二同步源配置信息指示该第二设备作为该用户设备的同步源；该处理模块具体 用于：根据该第二同步源配置信息确定该第二设备为该D2D链路的同步源。
结合第十四方面及其上述实现方式，在第十四方面的第七种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第二设备为该基站。
结合第十四方面及其上述实现方式，在第十四方面的第八种可能的实现方式中，该处理模块具体用于：获取该第二设备中同步源中优先级最高的设备作为该第二同步源。
结合第十四方面及其上述实现方式，在第十四方面的第九种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第二同步源为该用户设备的基站或其它用户设备。
结合第十四方面及其上述实现方式，在第十四方面的第十种可能的实现方式中，该处理模块还用于：将该用户设备的D2D链路上的通信资源切换到与该同步源相关联的资源或资源池上。
结合第十四方面及其上述实现方式，在第十四方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中，当该处理模块检测到的该D2D链路上的信号质量低于第三门限值时，该收发模块还用于发射该D2D链路上的同步信号。
第十五方面，提供了另一种用户设备，包括处理器、发射机和接收机，该处理器用于执行通过该发射机和该接收机执行第十三方面或第十三方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第十六方面，提出了一种计算机可读存储介质，用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序包括用于执行第十三方面或第十三方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的指令。
一方面，本发明实施例的参考信号的参考信号序列的映射方法、配置方法、基站和用户设备，通过确定UE的至少一个子频域资源上对应的序列参数，并基于序列参数生成参考信号并发送，从而使得基站可以根据所调度的各个UE的复用情况灵活地分配参考信号的生成参数，从而增加多用户的复用能力，增强调度的灵活性；进一步地，当有多个子频域资源且多个子频域资源对应的序列生成参数不同时，可以进一步地减少UE发射机发射的峰值比，提高传输的效率。
另一方面，本发明实施例的控制信息的传输方法和用户设备，通过将至少一种控制信息以频域离散的方式映射到信道资源上，避免因为采用频域连续的方式传输控制信息而导致传输该控制信息的频域资源落入已经衰减的频域资源范围内，从而能够获得UCI传输时的获得额外的频域分集增益。
另一方面，本发明实施例的通过同步源进行D2D通信的方法和用户设备，在存在有效的卫星信号时选择卫星作为同步源，在检测不到有效的卫星信号时选择卫星以外的设备作为同步源，使得UE不管在有卫星信号还是无卫星信号的场景中都可以根据同步源进行同步，从而能够避免用户设备长时间失去同步源而导致同步失败，提高了用户设备的同步效率。
附图说明
为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例的技术方案，下面将对实施例或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍，显而易见地，下面描述中的附图仅仅是本发明的一些实施例，对于本领域普通技术人员来讲，在不付出创造性劳动的前提下，还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。
图1是本发明一种实施例的应用场景示意图。
图2是本发明另一个实施例的应用场景示意图。
图3是本发明的一个实施例4种DMRS复用的示意图。
图4是本发明实施例多个UE共用DMRS频域资源的示意图。
图5是本发明一个实施例的参考信号的传输方法流程图。
图6是本发明的一个实施例的DMRS频域资源的分配示意图。
图7是本发明的一个实施例DMRS频域资源的分配示意图。
图8是本发明的一个实施例DMRS频域资源的分配示意图。
图9是本发明的一个实施例多个UE共用DMRS频域资源的示意图。
图10是本发明的一个实施例多个UE共用DMRS频域资源的示意图。
图11是本发明实施例的另一种实施例的参考信号的传输方法流程图。
图12是本发明实施例子频域资源对应的参考信号序列的示意图。
图13是本发明实施例基站为多个UE配置参考信号资源的场景示意图。
图14是本发明实施例控制信息的发送方法流程图。
图15是本发明的一个实施例的一种控制信息映射方式。
图16是本发明的一个实施例的另一种控制信息映射方式。
图17是本发明的一个实施例的再一种控制信息映射方式。
图18是本发明的一个实施例的再一种控制信息映射方式。
图19是本发明的一个实施例的再一种控制信息映射方式。
图20是本发明的一个实施例的再一种控制信息映射方式。
图21是本发明的一个实施例的再一种控制信息映射方式。
图22是本发明的另一个实施例设备到设备的场景示意图。
图23是本发明的一个实施例通过同步源进行D2D通信的方法流程图。
图24是本发明的一个实施例用户设备的结构示意图。
图25是本发明的一个实施例基站的结构示意图。
图26是本发明的另一个实施例用户设备的结构示意图。
图27是本发明的再一个实施例用户设备的结构示意图。
图28是本发明的再一个实施例用户设备的结构示意图。
图29是本发明的另一个实施例基站的结构示意图。
图30是本发明的再一个实施例用户设备的结构示意图。
图31是本发明的再一个实施例用户设备的结构示意图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图，对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述，显然，所描述的实施例是本发明一部分实施例，而不是全部的实施例。基于本发明中的实施例，本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例，都属于本发明保护的范围。
本发明的技术方案，可以应用于各种通信系统，例如：GSM(Global System of Mobile communication，全球移动通讯系统)，CDMA(Code Division Multiple Access，码分多址)系统，WCDMA(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access Wireless，宽带码分多址)，GPRS(General Packet Radio Service，通用分组无线业务)，LTE(Long Term Evolution，长期演进)等。
用户设备(UE，User Equipment)，也可称之为移动终端(Mobile Terminal)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。接入终端可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、SIP(Session Initiation Protocol，会话启动协议)电话、WLL(Wireless Local Loop，无线本地环路)站、PDA(Personal DigitalAssistant，个人数字处理)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备，未来5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的PLMN(Public Land Mobile Network，公共陆地移动网络)网络中的终端设备。
网络设备可以是用于与移动设备通信的设备，网络设备可以是GSM(Global System of Mobile communication，全球移动通讯)或CDMA(Code Division Multiple Access，码分多址)中的BTS(Base Transceiver Station，基站)，也可以是WCDMA(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access，宽带码分多址)中的NB(NodeB，基站)，还可以是LTE(Long Term Evolution，长期演进)中的eNB或eNodeB(Evolutional Node B，演进型基站)或接入点，或者车载设备、可穿戴设备，未来5G网络中的网络侧设备或者未来演进的PLMN(Public Land Mobile Network，公共陆地移动网络)网络中的网络设备。
图1是本发明一种实施例的应用场景示意图。如图1所示，基站通过蜂窝链路和UE1、UE2进行传输。
图2是本发明另一个实施例的应用场景示意图。如图1所示，UE1和UE2通过设备到设备(Device to Device，D2D)链路进行传输。D2D链路，也称边链路或旁链路(sidelink)，指两个设备之间不经过第三方而直接进行通信的链路。这种设备可以是手持设备，车载设备，网络设备等，本发明对此不做限定。
在图1和图2所示的应用场景中，UE在发送参考信号时，当多个不同UE的参考信号出现在一个符号中时，按现有技术的方法使用相同的参考信号序列、相同的参考信号资源(包括时域资源和频域资源)的UE间存在参考信号间的干扰。
图3是本发明的一个实施例4种DMRS复用的示意图。图3给出了在有7个符号的时、频传输单元内参考信号的复用情况。符号的编号从符号0开始编号。图3中，灰色区域表示DMRS信号资源，白色区域表示数据信号资源。图3(a)和图3(b)为2个符号的短时延传输资源复用DMRS的示意图，图3(c)和图3(d)为4符号的短时延传输资源复用DMRS的示意图。图3(a)中，TTI1和TTI2复用符号1(第二个符号)上的DMRS资源。图3(b)中，TTI5使用TTI4的符号0(第一个符号)上的DMRS作为TTI2的DMRS。图3(c)中，TTI7和TTI8复用符号3上的DMRS资源。图3(d)中，TTI9和TTI10复用符号3上的DMRS资源。
应理解，图3所示实施例中，TTI1和TTI2分别属于不同的UE，例如，TTI1属于UE1，TTI2属于UE2，等等。TTI4和TTI5、TTI7和TTI8、TTI9 和TTI10也分别属于不同的UE。
图4是本发明实施例多个UE共用DMRS频域资源的示意图。图4中，UE1、UE2、UE3和UE4共用一个DMRS符号。其中，UE1和UE2共用子带1的频域资源，UE1和UE3共用子带2的频域资源，UE1和UE3共用子带3的频域资源。
如图1-图4所示的场景中，多个UE共用一个参考信号符号，且使用相同的频域资源，可能会造成不同UE的信道估计的相互干扰。
为了解决上述问题，本发明的一个实施例提出了一种参考信号的传输方法、UE和网络设备。
为了方便理解本发明实施例，首先在此介绍本发明实施例描述中会引入的几个要素。
传输时间间隔(Transmission Time Tnterval，TTI)，指在无线链路中的一次传输占用的长度。在LTE中，一个TT为一个子帧的，其占用时域资源的长度为1ms，包括2个时隙(slot)。本发明中，TTI长度不再限定于1ms的时长，可以是0.5ms，或者是是2个、4个、7个、6个等传输符号。
序列参数：用于生成参考信号序列的参数。具体地，可包括参考信号的根序列索引、循环移位值和正交覆盖码。在不考虑正交覆盖码的应用场景中，可以用根序列索引和循环移位值唯一确定一个参考信号序列；在需要考虑正交覆盖码的应用场景中，需要用根序列索引、循环移位值和正交覆盖码唯一确定一个参考信号序列。
参考信号：将相应的参考信号序列映射到相应的物理资源上后形成的物理信号。一个参考信号可以由一个或多个参考信号序列映射得到。
物理资源：本发明提到的物理资源，是指映射参考信号序列所用得到的物理资源，具体可包括：时域资源、频域资源、码域资源、空域资源(包括不同的空间层或不同的物理天线上)等，本发明对此不做限定。
图5是本发明一个实施例的参考信号的传输方法流程图。图5的方法由UE执行。图5的方法可包括：
510，确定UE的至少一个子频域资源对应的序列参数，其中，一个子频域资源对应于一种序列参数。
应理解，本发明实施例中，该参考信号可以是解调参考信号(Demodulation Reference Signal，DMRS)，也可以是用于同步的参考信号， 用于CSI(Channel State Information/Indicator信道状态信息/指示)测量的参考信号，或者是用于定位的参考信号等多种参考信号，本发明对此不做限定。为了说明的方便，本发明的实施例中以DMRS为例进行说明。
现有技术中，参考信号所使用的根序列号与参考信号的带宽无关。以解调参考信号(Demodulation Reference Signal，DMRS)为例，属于同一小区的不同UE在同一时隙中生成的DMRS序列所使用的根序列号完全相同。
应理解，在本发明实施例中，一个子频域资源对应于一种序列参数，不同的子频域资源对应的序列参数可以相同，也可以不同。
例如，在图4所示实施例中，子带1、子带2和子带3分别对应于一种序列参数，3个子带对应的3个序列参数可以相同，也可以不同。
应理解，序列参数用于生成参考信号序列，UE根据序列参数可生成参考信号序列。
应理解，本发明实施例中，该至少一个子频域资源是UE的频域资源中用于发送参考信号的频域资源。例如，当该参考信号为DMRS时，该至少一个子频域资源包括该DMRS所在的数据带宽中的部分或全部子载波。又例如，当该参考信号为其它类型的参考信号，该参考信号所使用的频域资源可以是通信系统的全带宽上连续的频域资源，也可以是全带宽上离散的频域资源，还可以是信令指示的频域资源，等等。
应理解，本发明实施例中，该至少一个子频域资源是UE用于映射参考信号序列的频域资源，同一UE的不同子频域资源之间不存在相同的子载波资源。
本发明实施例中，UE可将UE的频域资源划分为多个频域资源段，该划分方式可以是协议规定的，或者是基站指示UE进行划分的。本发明实施例中，一个子频域资源可以是UE对频域资源划分后的一个频域资源段，或者是划分后的一个频域资源段的部分子载波，或者是一个单独的子载波。当一个子频域资源的子载波个数大于1个时，该子频域资源在频域上可以是连续的，也可以是离散的。
以图4所示的场景为例，UE1将DMRS的数据带宽分为子带1、子带2和子带3共3个子带，本发明实施例的一个子频域资源，可以是其中一个子带，或者是某个子带的奇数子载波，或者是某个子带的部分奇数子载波，或者是某个子带的某个子载波，等等。
本发明实施例中，一个子频域资源对应于一种序列参数，UE可确定至少一个子频域资源对应的至少一个序列参数。
应理解，当UE的一段频域资源对应于一种序列参数时，该段频域资源的部分频域资源所对应的序列参数与该段频域资源所对应的序列参数相同。例如，图4所示的子带1对应于一种序列参数，子带1的奇数子载波对应的序列参数与子带1对应的序列参数相同。
应理解，UE的一段频域资源可能包括UE的多个子频域资源，并不一定对应于同一种序列参数，。例如，图4所示的子带1的奇数子载波可以对应于一种序列参数，子带1的偶数子载波可以对应于另一种序列参数，子带1的奇数子载波和偶数子载波分别为UE的一个子频域资源。
应理解，UE可通过多种方式确定子频域资源对应的序列参数，例如，根据子频域资源的位置信息确定子频域资源对应的序列参数，根据基站的指示确定子频域资源对应的序列参数，或者根据基站的指示和子频域资源的位置信息确定子频域资源对应的序列参数，等等。
520，根据该序列参数生成参考信号序列。
应理解，根据一个子频域资源对应的序列参数可生成一个参考信号序列，根据该至少一个子频域资源对应的序列参数，可生成至少一个子频域资源分别对应的至少一个参考信号序列。
例如，在图4所示的场景中，UE1可分别生成子带1对应的参考信号序列，子带2对应的参考信号序列，和子带3对应的参考信号序列。这3个参考信号序列可以相同，也可以不同，由子带对应的序列参数决定。
530，将该参考信号序列映射到至少一个子频域资源对应的物理资源上。
具体地，UE可将至少一个子频域资源对应的参考信号序列，分别映射到该至少一个子频域资源对应的物理资源上。该物理资源可包括时域资源、频域资源、天线端口资源、不同的空间流或层上的资源、不同的波束资源等。
UE根据该至少一个子频域资源对应的序列参数，生成每个子频域资源对应的参考信号序列后，可将每个子频域资源对应的参考信号序列，映射到每个子频域资源对应的物理资源上，形成物理信号。
例如，UE可将第一子频域资源对应的第一参考信号序列，映射到第一子频域资源对应的物理资源上；将第二子频域资源对应的第二参考信号序列，映射到第二子频域资源对应的物理资源上，等等。
以图4所示的场景为例，例如，在图4所示实施例中，UE可根据子带1对应的序列参数，生成子带1对应的参考信号序列，并映射到子带1所对应的物理资源(即该DMRS符号和该子带1所确定的时频资源)；类似地，UE可根据子带2对应的序列参数，生成子带2对应的参考信号序列，并映射到子带2所对应的物理资源；根据子带3对应的序列参数，生成子带3对应的参考信号序列，并映射到子带3所对应的物理资源。三个参考信号序列映射到物理资源上形成的物理信号构成UE的参考信号。UE生成参考信号后，可发送该参考信号。
应理解，UE根据参考信号序列映射到物理资源的具体实现，可参考现有技术。
本发明实施例中，UE通过确定至少一个子频域资源上对应的序列参数，基于序列参数生成参考信号序列，并映射到至少一个子频域资源对应的物理资源上，从而使得基站可以根据所调度的各个UE的复用情况灵活地分配参考信号的生成参数，从而增加多用户的复用能力，增强调度的灵活性。
进一步地，本发明实施例中，当UE有多个子频域资源且多个子频域资源对应的序列参数不同时，可以进一步地减少UE发射机发射的峰值比，提高传输的效率。
具体地，本发明实施例中，该序列参数包括以下中的至少一种：该参考信号序列的根序列索引、循环移位值或正交覆盖码。
应理解，根据正交覆盖码，可以确定在有正交覆盖码(Orthogonal Cover Code，OCC)时的参考信号序列。OCC可以用于同一个符号的不同频域资源，也可以用于同一个频域资源的不同符号上。OCC的长度可以根据需要调整，例如大于等于2以上的整数都是可行的。假设UE1在物理资源上有4个DMRS部分A，B，C，D；UE2在UE1上相同的物理资源上也有4个DMRS部分A，B，C，D，则为了实现有相同参考信号的UE1和UE2的复用，可以使用OCC。
例如：
对于UE1，其参考信号生成方式为：
W10*A，W20*B，W30*C，W40*D
对于UE1，其参考信号生成方式为：
W11*A，W21*B，W31*C，W41*D
其中[W10，W20，W30，W40]为UE1的OCC，其中[W10，W20，W30，W40]为UE2的OCC。A，B，C，D可以是长为1的一个码片，也可以是长为N的一个序列，N为正整数。
只需要保证UE1和UE2的OCC正交，则就可以实现UE1和UE2之间通过OCC来实现无干扰的通信。对长为2的OCC可以为：[1，1]或[1，-1]。对长为4的OCC，可以为在一个4*4的正交矩阵中的任意一行或一列：，例如：[1，1，1，1]、[1，-1，1，-1]、[1，1，-1，-1]、[1，-1，-1，1]。
正因为对于不同长度的OCC，有多于一个OCC，不同的OCC可以有不同的索引值。例如，长为4的OCC，可以有4个不同的OCC，也相应的有4个不同的OCC的索引值。
可选地，作为一个实施例，该至少一个子频域资源中第一子频域资源对应的序列参数是由该第一子频域资源的第一资源索引值确定的。其中，该序列参数可包括参考信号序列的根序列索引、循环移位值或正交覆盖码中的一种或多种，第一资源索引值用于表示该子频域资源的位置。
可选地，作为一个实施例，该至少一个子频域资源中第一子频域资源对应的参考信号序列中的至少一种生成参数是由该第一子频域资源的位置信息确定地。为便于描述，不妨将用第一子频域资源的资源索引值表示该第一子频域资源的位置信息。第一子频域资源的资源索引值，可以是第一子频域资源的索引值，或者是第一子频域资源中某一个PRB的索引值，或者是第一子频域资源中某一个子载波的索引值，或者是第一子频域资源中某类子载波的索引值，等等。
不妨假设第一子频域资源是图4所示实施例的子带1，则第一子频域资源的第一资源索引值可以是子带1的子带索引值，或者是子带1的第一个PRB的索引值，或者是子带1的最后一个PRB的索引值，或者是子带1的中间任意一个PRB的索引值，或者是子带1的第一个子载波的索引值，或者是子带1的最后一个子载波的索引值，或者是子带1的中间任意一个子载波的索引值，等等。对第一子频域资源中某类子载波的索引值，例如，以离散的方式占用子载波，可以是奇数子载波，或偶数子载波，可以使用索引0或1来指示。又如，以离散的方式每M个子载波占用一个子载波，则第一子频域资源的索引值可以用0～M-1中的任意一个整数值来指示。
在本实施例的一种具体的实现方式中，子频域资源的资源索引值与序列 参数之间的关系可以是预先定义的，例如，协议可以预先规定资源索引值与序列参数的映射关系表，或者基站可以和UE预先约定该映射关系表，UE可通过查表的方式，查找资源索引值对应的参考信号系列生成参数。在本实施例的另一种具体的实现方式中，UE可根据子频域资源的资源索引值与序列参数之间的函数关系，通过计算得到子频域资源对应的序列参数。
下面，以根据子频域资源的资源索引值计算得到子频域资源对应的序列参数为例，进行举例说明。具体地，不妨假设UE的第一子频域资源的第一资源索引值为idx，则第一子频域资源对应的参考信号序列的循环移位值、根序列索引和正交覆盖码索引的一种或多种可以用idx的函数表示。
例如，第一子频域资源对应的序列参数中的循环移位值cs_idx可用以下公式表示：
cs_idx＝fcircle(idx)............................................................公式1
其中，函数fcircle(idx)表示cs_idx与idx的函数关系。
具体地，下述公式2-4示出了函数fcircle(idx)的几种可能的实现方式：
cs_idx＝idx mod M............................................................公式2
cs_idx＝(idx+idx0)mod M................................................公式3
cs_idx＝(idx mod M+idx0)mod M..........................................公式4
在公式2、3、4中，M为第一子频域资源对应的参考信号序列支持的最大的循环移位值，如M可以为8，12等。idx 0的值可以是预定义的。
当然，应理解，上述公式2-4仅仅是示例性的，在具体的应用中，函数fcircle(x)不限于上述例举的公式。
本发明实施例中，通过为不同的子频域资源确定不同的循环移位值，可以在不需要额外的信令指示的情况下，直接根据子频域资源对应的根序列索引，直接计算出不同子频域资源对应的参考信号序列。
又例如，第一子频域资源对应的序列参数中的正交覆盖码occ_idx可用以下公式表示：
occ_idx＝focc(idx)............................................................公式5
其中，函数focc(idx)表示occ_idx与idx的函数关系。
函数focc(idx)的具体公式可以是基站和UE预先约定的，或者是协议规定的，本发明实施例不对其具体实现形式进行限制。
又例如，第一子频域资源对应的序列参数中的根序列索引root_idx可用 以下公式表示：
root_idx＝froot(idx)............................................................公式6
其中，函数froot(idx)表示root_idx与idx的函数关系。
由于根序列索引是由序列组跳和序列跳确定的，因此，第一子频域资源对应的根序列索引还可以表示为序列组跳和序列跳的函数，用以下公式表示：
froot(idx)＝froot(u(idx)，v(idx))..........................................公式7
其中，u(idx)表示第一子频域资源对应的根序列索引的序列组跳，v(idx)表示第一子频域资源对应的根序列索引的序列跳。
例如，在现有LTE协议中，根序列索引是按照如下方式定义地：
Figure PCTCN2016092409-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2016092409-appb-000002
其中
Figure PCTCN2016092409-appb-000003
为序列的长度。
可选地，第一根序列索引的序列组跳和/或序列跳是由所述第一资源索引值确定的，其中，该第一根序列索引是第一子频域资源对应的序列参数中的根序列索引。
现有的LTE的序列组跳数u可用如下组跳公式表示：
u＝(fgh(ns)+fss)mod30.........................................................公式8
其中，fgh(ns)表示参考信号序列的组跳模式，fss表示参考信号序列的序列移位模式。
本发明实施例的一种具体的实现方式，序列组跳数u可用如下组跳公式表示：
u＝(fgh(ns)+fss+idx)mod30...................................................公式9
也就是说，该第一子频域资源对应的根序列索引的序列组跳数可以由该第一资源索引值确定。
此外，由公式7可知，序列组跳数是由参考信号序列的组跳模式和参考信号序列的序列移位模式确定的，因此，本发明实施例中，还可以根据第一资源索引值，确定序列的组跳模式和/或序列移位模式，进而确定序列组跳，从而最终确定根序列索引。
现有技术中，参考信号序列的组跳模式fgh(ns)可用如下公式表示：
Figure PCTCN2016092409-appb-000004
其中，ns表示时隙号，c(8ns+i)表示伪随机序列的表达式。
本发明实施例的一种具体的实现方式，参考信号序列的组跳模式fgh(ns)可用如下组跳公式表示：
Figure PCTCN2016092409-appb-000005
也就是说，该第一子频域资源对应的根序列索引的序列组跳模式可以由该第一资源索引值确定。
现有技术中，参考信号序列的序列移位模式fss sPUSCH可用如下公式表示：
fss sPUSCH＝(fss sPUCCH+Δss)mod30.............................................公式12
其中，Δss基站指示的一个偏移参数。
本发明实施例的一种具体的实现方式，参考信号序列的序列移位模式fss sPUSCH可用如下组跳公式表示：
fss sPUSCH＝(fss sPUCCH+Δss+idx)mod30.......................................公式13
也就是说，该第一子频域资源对应的根序列索引的序列组跳模式可以由该第一资源索引值确定。
进一步地，现有技术中，fss sPUCCH可用如下公式表示：
Figure PCTCN2016092409-appb-000006
本发明实施例的一种具体的实现方式，fss sPUCCH可用如下组跳公式表示：
Figure PCTCN2016092409-appb-000007
本发明实施例中，通过子频域资源的资源索引值，为不同的子频域资源确定不同的根序列索引，可以扩展参考信号序列使用的灵活性，同时减少了同一个参考信号序列出现在多个不同的子频域资源的可能性，进一步减少参考信号序列的峰均比，从而提高发射参考信号设备的功放效率。
此外，本发明实施例的方法，由于不需要基站发送额外的信令指示，还可进一步节省了基站侧的信令开销。
可选地，作为另一个实施例，该方法还可包括：获取第一信息，该第一信息用于指示该至少一个子频域资源对应的至少一种序列参数；其中，步骤520具体可实现为：根据该第一信息确定该至少一个子频域资源对应的至少一种序列参数。
具体地，该序列参数可以是参考信号序列的根序列索引、循环移位值或正交覆盖码中的一种或多种。例如，当第一信息用于指示该至少一个子频域资源对应的根序列索引时，步骤520可确定该至少一个子频域资源对应的根 序列索引；当第一信息用于指示该至少一个子频域资源对应的循环移位值和正交覆盖码时，步骤520可确定该至少一个子频域资源对应的循环移位值和正交覆盖码，等等。
应理解，该第一信息可以是基站发送给UE的，也可以是预定义的，例如协议预先规定的，等等。
应理解，该第一信息所指示的序列参数，可以是绝对值，也可以是相对值。
以循环移位值为例，结合图3所示的场景中UE1的例子进行举例说明。
例如，基站可向UE1发送第一信息，该第一信息可指示子带1、子带2、子带3各自对应的循环移位值；又例如，基站可向UE1发送第一信息，该第一信息中可包括子带1对应的循环移位值、子带2对应的循环移位值相对于子带1对应的循环移位值的差值以及子带3对应的循环移位值相对于子带1对应的循环移位值的差值；又例如，基站可向UE1发送第一信息，通过第一信息中子带1、子带2和子带3三个子带在指示信息的顺序，隐式地表示子带1、子带2、子带3各自对应的循环移位值，等等。UE1根据该第一信息，可确定子带1、子带2、子带3各自对应的循环移位值。
又例如，UE还可以通过预定义的方式确定该循环移位值。例如，根据UE的标识来确定UE的循环移位值。这里UE的标识可以是UE的RNTI(无线网络临时标识Radio Network Temporary Identifier)，也可以是UE的MAC地址中的全部或部分比特。根据UE的标识ID来确定UE的循环移位值，例如：ID mod M。这里M为参考信号序列的循环移位的个数。
本发明实施例中，根据基站的指示信息配置UE的序列参数，使得基站可以实现对各个UE上的参考信号序列的完全控制，从而可以保证调度的灵活性。
此外，本发明实施例的方法，还可以通过对UE的序列参数的配置来优化系统的性能。
可选地，作为再一个实施例，该方法还包括：获取第一信息，该第一信息用于指示该至少一个子频域资源对应的至少一种序列参数；其中，步骤520具体可实现为：根据该第一信息和该至少一个子频域资源对应的资源索引值确定该至少一个子频域资源对应的至少一种序列参数。
具体地，UE可根据该第一信息指示的第一生成参数确定第一生成参数 指示值，根据第一子频域资源的第一资源索引值确定第一子频域资源对应的第一生成参数偏移值，再根据第一生成参数指示值和第一生成参数偏移值确定第一子频域资源对应的第一生成参数，其中，第一生成参数是第一子频域资源对应的序列参数之一，该第一子频域资源是该至少一个子频域资源中的任一个子频域资源。应理解，第一生成参数指示值是基站配置的与第一生成参数有关的参数，第一生成参数偏移值是与第一子频域资源的资源索引值相关的第一生成参数的一个数值。
例如，在公式3、4中，idx 0可以是第一信息中指示的第一子频域资源的循环移位指示值，idx是根据第一子频域资源的第一资源索引值确定的循环移位偏移值，UE可根据idx和idx0，确定第一子频域资源对应的循环移位值。
再例如，基站可向UE的第一信息中可包括循环移位指示值cs0和根序列索引指示值root0，cs0和root_0都是基站指示的生成参数；UE上还可根据子频域资源的资源索引值确定循环移位值Δcs_idx和根序列索引偏移值Δroot_idx，Δcs_idx和Δroot_idx都是资源位置对应的生成参数。
UE可根据cs0和Δcs_idx确定子频域资源的循环移位值cs_idx，例如cs_idx可用如下公式表示：
cs_idx＝(cs0+Δcs_idx)mod M..........................................公式16
UE可根据root 0和Δroot_idx确定子频域资源的根序列索引root_idx，例如root_idx可用如下公式表示：
root_idx＝(root0+Δroot_idx)mod N.......................................公式17
Δcs_idx的计算公式可参考公式1-4，公式Δroot_idx的计算可参考公式6-15。
例如，假设UE1有3个DMRS子带，子带的idx分别为1，2，3，假设第一信息指示UE1的第一个子带的cs0取值为3，root0取值为7，并且M取值为8，N取值为30，则UE1的3个子带参数为下：
cs_1＝3，root_1＝7
cs_2＝(cs0+Δcs_idx)mod M＝(3+1)mod M＝4
root_2＝(root0+Δroot_idx)mod N＝(7+1)mod N＝8
cs_3＝(cs0+Δcs_idx)mod M＝(3+2)mod M＝5
root_3＝(root0+Δroot_idx)mod N＝(7+2)mod N＝9
当然，应理解，上述计算公式仅仅是示意性的。本发明实施例中，还可能存在其它的公式，本发明对此不作限制。
本发明实施例中，根据基站的第一信息得到的生成参数指示值，根据子频域资源的资源索引值得到子频域资源对应的生成参数偏移值，进而确定序列参数，可以减少网络侧的空口指示信令的开销，且能保证调度的灵活性。
当然，应理解，UE可以灵活使用上述根据子频域资源的资源索引值确定序列参数，根据基站的第一信息确定序列参数，根据子频域资源的资源索引值和基站的第一信息确定序列参数这三种方式中一种或多种的组合来确定生成参数。例如，在一种具体的方式中，可根据子频域资源的资源索引值确定根序列索引，根据基站的第一信息确定循环移位值，根据子频域资源的资源索引值和基站的第一信息确定正交覆盖码，等等。
此外，基站在指示UE在某个子频域资源上的序列参数时，可为一个比子频域资源大的频域资源指示一种序列参数，该频域资源都使用相同的序列参数。例如，基站可指示UE1在子带1的序列参数，但UE1只在子带1的奇数子载波上发送参考信号。
可选地，该第一信息通过特定用户设备(UE-Specific)消息和/或特定小区(Cell-Specific)消息传输。
通过UE-Specific传输第一信息，基站可以为每个UE配置不同的参考信号序列的生成参数，调度更灵活。
通过Cell-Specific传输第一信息，基站可以部分减少发送的指示信令，进一步节省了网络侧的信令开销。
通过UE-Specific和Cell-Specific一起传输第一信息，例如，通过Cell-Specific传输参考信号序列，通过UE-Specific传输循环移位值和正交覆盖码等，基站可以减少发送的指示信令，节省网络侧的信令开销，同时又兼顾序列参数的配置灵活性。
可选地，图5所示实施例的方法还可包括步骤501：确定该至少一个子频域资源。
应理解，步骤501和步骤510在时间上没有直接的先后关系。例如，图4所示的应用场景中，基站可向UE1发送子带1、子带2和子带3对应的序列参数；此外，基站可向UE1发送用于发送DMRS的子频域资源的信息， 指示UE1在子带1的全部子载波、子带2的奇数子载波和子带3的偶数子载波上发送DMRS。其中，子带2的奇数子载波对应的序列参数与子带2对应的序列参数相同，子带3的偶数子载波对应的序列参数与子带3对应的序列参数相同。
具体地，UE可通过多种方式确定该至少一个子频域资源。
在本实施例的一种具体实现方式中，该至少一个子频域资源是信令指示的或预定义或预配置的。
该至少一个子频域资源是预定义的，例如，该至少一个子频域资源是可以协议规定的。具体地，例如，协议可以规定根据UE的标识来确定UE的子频域资源在整个资源中的位置。这里UE的标识可以是UE的RNTI(无线网络临时标识Radio Network Temporary Identifier)，也可以是UE的MAC地址中的全部或部分比特。根据UE的标识ID来确定子频域资源的位置，例如：ID mod M。这里M为可能的子载域资源的位置数。
该至少一个子频域资源是预配置的，例如，用户可以预先在UE中配置子频域资源的指示信息，等等。
在本实施例的另一种具体实现方式中，该方法还可包括：接收基站发送的第二信息，该第二信息用于指示该至少一个子频域资源的位置；其中，步骤501具体可实现为：根据该第二信息确定该至少一个子频域资源。
可选地，该第二信息可指示至少一段连续的子载波作为UE发送参考信号的子频域资源。
例如，图4所示实施例中，第二信息可将子带1、2、3的子带索引发送给UE1，指示UE1可以用于子带1、2、3作为发送参考信号的频域资源。此时，每个子带为一个子频域资源。
或者，可选地，该第二信息可指示至少一段连续的子载波，UE根据预定义的子载波选择规则从该连续的子载波中选择符合规则的子载波集合作为UE发送参考信号的频域资源。此时，每段连续的子载波中符合子载波选择规则的子载波集合作为一个子频域资源。
预定义的子载波选择规则，例如可以是连续的子载波中某类子载波的索引值。具体地，例如，以离散的方式占用子载波，可以是奇数子载波，或偶数子载波，可以使用索引0或1来指示。又如，以离散的方式每M个子载波占用一个子载波，则子带的索引值可以用0～M-1中的任意一个整数值来指 示。此外，还可根据UE的标识ID来确定UE在子带中的子载波的索引值，例如：ID mod M。
图6是本发明的一个实施例的DMRS频域资源的分配示意图。如图6所示，UE1占用DMRS带宽上的偶数子载波，UE2占用DMRS带宽上的奇数子载波。
如图6所示的场景中，例如，UE1预定义的子载波选择规则可以是占用偶数子载波。当第二信息指示UE从DMRS带宽中选择用于发送参考信号的频域资源时，UE1可选择DMRS带宽中的偶数子载波作为发送参考信号的频域资源。
或者，可选地，该第二信息可指示连续的子载波资源和该连续的子载波资源对应的子载波指示，该子载波指示用于指示该连续的子载波资源中用于发送参考信号的子载波。
图7是本发明的一个实施例DMRS频域资源的分配示意图。如图7所示，UE1占用DMRS带宽上的偶数子载波，UE2占用DMRS带宽上的第2-7个奇数子载波，UE3占用DMRS带宽上的第8-11个奇数子载波。
如图7所示，基站发送给UE1的第二信息指示UE1使用子带1的偶数子载波；基站发送给UE2的第二信息指示UE2使用子带1从第2个奇数子载波起的6个奇数子载波；基站发送给UE3的第二信息指示UE3使用子带1从第8个奇数子载波起的4个奇数子载波。
应理解，该第二信息可指示至少一段连续的子载波资源，每段连续的子载波资源所对应的子载波指示可以相同，也可以不同。例如，第二信息可指示UE在子带1上使用奇数子载波，在子带2上使用偶数子载波，等等。
图8是本发明的一个实施例DMRS频域资源的分配示意图。图8所示实施例的场景可视为图6所示实施例中UE1和UE2不完全同步时的场景。如图8所示，当UE1和UE2不完全同步的时候，UE1和UE2的传输DMRS的资源(子载波或时域符号)上会有部分的重叠。如果UE1和UE2发送的DMRS所使用的序列完全相同，会给基站的接收机带来干扰，导致基站的接收机难以区别出两个不同UE。
本发明实施例中，UE通过根据基站指示的频域资源位置确定子频域资源，可以实现不同UE间资源的DMRS的灵活复用，从而提高了基站调度的灵活性。
特别地，当UE通过单子带发送DMRS时，本发明实施例的方法还可减少对单子带DMRS UE的带宽限制。
进一步地，该第二信息中还可包括该至少一个子频域资源的复用方式。在本发明中，每个子频域资源的复用方式用于指示以下信息中的至少一种：
该UE与其它UE在该子频域资源上的频域资源复用关系；或者
该UE与其它UE是否存在参考信号资源的复用；或者
该UE使用参考信号的带宽上使用参考信号资源的方式。
可选地，该复用方式可包括频分复用、码分复用、资源共用等的至少一种复用方式。
例如，如果是使用FDM的复用方式，则子频域资源在参考信号的带宽内占用离散的子载波；如果是使用CDM的复用方式，则则子频域资源在参考信号的带宽内占用连续的子载波；如果是使用FDM和CDM组合的复用方式，则则子频域资源在参考信号的带宽内占用离散的子载波并配置子频域资源相对应的序列参数。
可选地，又如，复用方式可以用来指示不同UE之间在相同的参考信号资源的集合上是否存在复用关系，如果存在复用关系，对UE而言，在有复用的资源集的发射功率参考可以不同。
应理解，该复用方式除了用于指示所述UE与其它UE在子频域资源上的频域资源复用关系外，还可用于结合第二信息中的其它频域资源指示信息或UE预定义的频域资源指示信息指示该至少一个子频域资源。
例如，图6所示实施例中，第二信息指示UE1的复用方式包括FDM方式，UE1预定义的子载波选择规则可以是占用偶数子载波，则UE1可选择DMRS带宽中的偶数子载波作为发送参考信号的频域资源。
应理解，第二信息可以通过静态信令例如无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control，RRC)消息或系统信息块(System Information Block，SIB)消息等传输，或者通过动态信令如下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information，DCI)消息等传输，或者通过DCI消息，以及RRC消息或SIB消息一起传输。
可选地，作为一个实施例，第二信息可以通过动态信令DCI消息等传输。
在一种具体的实现方式中，基站可不配置子带的划分方式，而按照UE使用的参考信号的频域资源为UE进行配置。这种方式对单个UE的参考信 号传输最优的，且UE不需要关心是否与相邻的UE具有相同的参考信号符号，只需知道UE传输的参考信号的频域资源被分成几个子带，子带的大小、位置及各个子带的序列参数。
具体地，例如，基站可以定义一个最小传输子带资源块组(Resource Block Group，RBG)，并定义每个子带的大小，例如4、6、8或10个RBG，等等。也就是说，UE分配的带宽必须是这个RBG的整数倍。基站可以使用比特映射的方式指示出同一个子带的RGB。
表1是本发明实施例基站为UE1和UE2配置的另一种资源分配指示。
表1：
Figure PCTCN2016092409-appb-000008
在一种指示方式中，如表1所示，UE1占用连续的3个RBG，子带的使用在第二信息中表示为001，则表示分成2个子带，即RGB索引1和2为一个子带，RBG3为一个子带；类似地，UE2分成2个子带，RBG4为子带3，RBG4、5为子带2。即在第二信息中RBG索引的指示相同的为一个子带，不同的为另一个子带。
进一步地，在表1所示的场景中，0和1还可以用来指示不同的复用方式，或者使用1表示有复用方式，0表示无复用方式，等等。
本发明实施例中，可通过动态信令例如DCI等传输第二信息，可以使得基站对参考信号的频域资源配置的指示更加动态和灵活，从而使得基站可以根据不同UE实际的频域资源复用情况来指示参考信号的资源配置。
可选地，作为一个实施例，第二信息可以通过静态信令例如RRC消息或SIB消息等传输。
表2是本发明实施例基站为UE1和UE2配置的一种资源分配指示。
表2：
Figure PCTCN2016092409-appb-000009
其中，复用方式1表示FDM，0表示CDM，传输带宽1表示占用。
如表2所示，UE1的传输带宽为对应的子带1、2、3，复用方式分别为0、0、1，即UE1在子带1、2上做CDM，在子带3上做FDM；UE2的传输带宽为对应的子带3、4，复用方式分别为1、0，则UE2在子带3做FDM，在子带4上做CDM。
UE1在子带1、2上做CDM，可确定子带1、2为子频域资源，即UE1使用子带1、2发送参考信号；UE2在子带4做CDM，可确定子带4为子频域资源，即UE2使用整个子带4发送参考信号。
当然，应理解，UE传输时分配的带宽不一定要求是基站划分的子带的整数倍。例如，UE2占用的子带4，也可以只是这个子带中的部分PRB，例如基站还发送子载波指示，指示UE2使用子带4的6个PRB，但UE2在这个子带内的参考信号的复用方式仍按子带上的指示来做。
以图4所示实施例为例，不妨假设基站发送给UE1的第二信息中包括子带1、2、3的位置和复用方式，且复用方式都为CDM，则UE1可确定子带1、2、3为用于发送DMRS的子频域资源。
应理解，当子频域资源的复用方式为CDM方式时，第二信息中可不用配置子频域资源的复用方式，不会对UE侧的使用造成影响。
本发明实施例中，可通过RRC消息或SIB消息发送第二信息中的复用方式以及子带指示和子载波指示等频域资源指示信息，能够减少空口物理层信令的开销。
可选地，作为再一个实施例，第二信息可以通过DCI消息，以及RRC消息或SIB消息一起传输。
例如，基站通过静态信令，如RRC消息或SIB消息来指示系统带宽或短时延传输所在的带宽被划分的子带。例如，在20MHz的通信系统中，共100PRB，基站可通过信令指示UE将该带宽分成10个子带，每个子带的大小为10个PRB。基站还可通过动态信令如DCI消息等指示每个子带的复用方式，如是FDM还是CDM。
本发明实施例中，通过结合使用动态信令和静态信令发送指示信息，可以节省一定的静态信令开销，又能够更灵活使得动态信令所传输的指示信息根据调度需要灵活配置。
类似地，第一信息也可通过动态信令DCI消息和/或静态信令如RRC消息或SIB消息等传输。
应理解，第二信息中所指示的不同频域资源的复用方式，可以相同，也可以不同。
图9是本发明的一个实施例多个UE共用DMRS频域资源的示意图。在图9中，UE1、UE2、UE3和UE4共用一个DMRS符号。其中，UE1和UE2共用子带1的频域资源，UE1使用子带2的频域资源中的奇数子载波，UE3使用子带2的频域资源中的偶数子载波，UE1和UE3共用子带3的频域资源。
如图9所示，基站发送给UE1的第二信息中，可指示子带1、子带2、子带3的位置，并指示子带1和子带3的复用方式为CDM方式，子带2的复用方式为FDM方式，子载波指示信息指示的子载波为奇数子载波，等等。
本发明实施例中，UE通过根据基站指示的频域资源位置和复用方式确定子频域资源，灵活确定UE在不同子频域资源上的复用方式，可以减少基站在接收参考信号时来自不同UE间的干扰，提高了调度的灵活性，同时也提高了信道估计的性能。
可选地，作为一个实施例，当该至少一个子频域资源为两个及以上的子频域资源时，每个该子频域资源的参考信号序列的复用方式相同；或者，至少存在两个子频域资源的参考信号序列的复用方式不同。
应理解，第二信息中子频域资源的复用方式，可能同时包括CDM方式和FDM方式。
图10是本发明的一个实施例多个UE共用DMRS频域资源的示意图。图10中，UE1、UE2、UE3和UE4共用一个DMRS符号。其中，UE1使用子带1～子带3上的奇数子载波发送DMRS，并且UE1和UE2共用子带1的奇数子载波，UE1使用子带2的频域资源中的奇数子载波，UE3使用子带2的频域资源中的偶数子载波，UE1和UE3共用子带3的奇数子载波。其中，UE1在子带1上的复用方式既有FDM方式，又有CDM方式。
如图10所示的场景中，基站为UE1配置的第二信息中，可指示UE1在子带1、子带2和子带3的复用方式包括FDM方式，并指示UE1在子带1和子带3的复用方式包括CDM方式。类似地，基站为UE2配置的第二信息中，可指示UE2在子带1的复用方式为CDM方式；基站为UE3配置的第二信息中，可指示UE3在子带3的复用方式为FDM方式；基站为UE4配置的第二信息中，可指示UE4在子带1的复用方式为CDM方式。应理解，UE1还可以在不同的子带上使用不同的子载波，来与不同的UE做DMRS的复用，而不限于奇数子载波或偶数子载波。
图11是本发明实施例的另一种实施例的参考信号的传输方法流程图。图11的方法由基站执行。该方法包括：
1110，生成第一信息，其中，该第一信息用于指示至少一个子频域资源对应的序列参数，该至少一个子频域资源是该第一UE用于映射参考信号序列的频域资源，该第一UE的每个子频域资源对应于一种序列参数。
应理解，本发明实施例中，该参考信号可以是解调参考信号(Demodulation Reference Signal，DMRS)，也可以是用于同步的参考信号，用于CSI(Channel State Information/Indicator信道状态信息/指示)测量的参考信号，或者是用于定位的参考信号等多种参考信号，本发明对此不做限定。为了说明的方便，本发明的实施例中以DMRS为例进行说明。
现有技术中，参考信号所使用的根序列号与参考信号的带宽无关。以解调参考信号(Demodulation Reference Signal，DMRS)为例，属于同一小区的不同UE在同一时隙中生成的DMRS序列所使用的根序列号完全相同。
在本发明实施例中，一个子频域资源对应于一种序列参数，不同的子频域资源对应的序列参数可以相同，也可以不同。
例如，在图4所示实施例中，子带1、子带2和子带3分别对应于一种序列参数，3个子带对应的3个序列参数可以相同，也可以不同。
应理解，本发明实施例中，该至少一个子频域资源是UE的频域资源中用于发送参考信号的频域资源。例如，当该参考信号为DMRS时，该至少一个子频域资源包括该DMRS所在的数据带宽中的部分或全部子载波。
1120，向该第一UE发送该第一信息。
本发明实施例中，基站通过为UE配置用于发送参考信号的每个子频域资源对应的序列参数的指示信息，使得基站可以实现对UE上的参考信号序列的完全控制，从而可以保证调度的灵活性。
此外，本发明实施例中，还可以通过对UE的序列参数的配置来优化系统的性能。
可选地，该序列参数包括以下中的至少一种：参考信号序列的根序列索引、循环移位值或正交覆盖码。
可选地，该第一信息可用于第一UE直接确定该至少一个子频域资源对应的序列参数。
或者，可选地，该第一信息可用于第一UE确定该至少一个子频域资源对应的序列参数的指示值，再结合该至少一个子频域资源对应的序列参数的偏移值，确定该至少一个子频域资源对应的序列参数。其中，该至少一个子频域资源对应的序列参数的偏移值是由第一UE根据至少一个子频域资源的资源索引值确定的。
可选地，第一信息也可通过动态信令DCI消息和/或静态信令如RRC消息或SIB消息等传输。
本发明实施例中，基站向第一UE发送的第一信息，其具体实现的方式可参考图5所示实施例中UE接收的第一信息，本发明实施例在此不再赘述。
图12是本发明实施例子频域资源对应的参考信号序列的示意图。如图12(a)所示，UE1和UE2占用相同的子频域资源，UE1的子频域资源对应的参考信号序列index1与UE2的子频域资源对应的参考信号序列index2不同；如图12(b)所示，UE2占用的一个子频域资源是UE1占用的一个子频域资源的第一部分，UE1占用的子频域资源的第一部分所对应的参考信号序列index1与UE2占用的子频域资源所对应的参考信号序列index2不同。应理解，参考信号序列不同，则序列参数不同。
本发明实施例中，基站通过为不同UE在相同频域资源上配置不同的序列参数，从而为不同UE在相同频域资源上配置不同的参考信号序列，保证 了不同带宽的UE以CDM的方式复用相同的时频资源时参考信号的性能，从而可以实现多用户间的对同一时频资源的共用，从而提高频谱效率。
图13是本发明实施例基站为多个UE配置参考信号资源的场景示意图。如图13所示的场景中，基站需要为多个UE配置参考信号资源。基站除了为不同UE的不同子频域资源配置不同的序列参数外，还可为不同UE配置不同的子频域资源。
可选地，作为一个实施例，该方法还可包括步骤：生成第二信息，该第二信息用于指示该至少一个子频域资源；向该第一UE发送该第二信息。
可选地，该第二信息可指示至少一段连续的子载波作为UE发送参考信号的子频域资源。
例如，在表1所示实施例中，基站发送给UE1的第二信息中，用001表示基站为UE1配置2个子带，即RGB索引1和2为一个子带，RBG3为一个子带。此处的一个子带即为本发明实施例的一个子频域资源。
或者，可选地，该第二信息可指示至少一段连续的子载波，UE根据预定义的子载波选择规则从该连续的子载波中选择符合规则的子载波集合作为UE发送参考信号的频域资源。此时，每段连续的子载波中符合子载波选择规则的子载波集合作为一个子频域资源。
预定义的子载波选择规则，例如可以是连续的子载波中某类子载波的索引值。具体地，例如，以离散的方式占用子载波，可以是奇数子载波，或偶数子载波，可以使用索引0或1来指示。又如，以离散的方式每M个子载波占用一个子载波，则子带的索引值可以用0～M-1中的任意一个整数值来指示。此外，还可根据UE的标识ID来确定UE在子带中的子载波的索引值，例如：ID mod M。
或者，可选地，该第二信息可指示连续的子载波资源和该连续的子载波资源对应的子载波指示，该子载波指示用于指示该连续的子载波资源中用于发送参考信号的子载波。
应理解，该第二信息可指示至少一段连续的子载波资源，每段连续的子载波资源所对应的子载波指示可以相同，也可以不同。
本发明实施例中，基站通过第二信息指示UE的子频域资源，可以实现不同UE间资源的DMRS的灵活复用，从而提高了基站调度的灵活性。
特别地，当UE通过单子带发送DMRS时，本发明实施例的方法还可减 少对单子带DMRS UE的带宽限制。
进一步地，该第二信息中还可包括该至少一个子频域资源的复用方式，每个子频域资源的复用方式用于指示所述UE与其它UE在该子频域资源上的频域资源复用关系。
可选地，该复用方式可包括频分复用、码分复用、资源共用等的至少一种复用方式。例如，在图10所示实施例中，基站为子带1和子带3配置的复用方式可包括频分复用和码分复用，基站为子带2配置的复用方式可包括频分复用，等等。
应理解，该复用方式除了用于指示所述UE与其它UE在子频域资源上的频域资源复用关系外，还可用于结合第二信息中的其它频域资源指示信息或UE预定义的频域资源指示信息指示该至少一个子频域资源。
应理解，第二信息可以通过静态信令例如RRC消息或SIB消息等传输，或者通过动态信令DCI消息等传输，或者通过DCI消息，以及RRC消息或SIB消息一起传输。
基站发送的第二信息的具体例子可参考图5所示实施例UE侧的相关内容，本发明实施例在此不再赘述。
应理解，本发明实施例中，多个UE可能复用相同的频域资源，基站可为多个UE在同一频域资源上配置不同的序列参数。
可选地，该方法还可包括：生成第三信息，该第三信息指示该第二UE的频域资源中用于发送参考信号的至少一个子频域资源对应的序列参数，其中，该第二UE的至少一个子频域资源中第二子频域资源是该第一UE的至少一个子频域资源中第一子频域资源的全部或部分频域资源，且该第二子频域资源和该第一子频域资源对应的序列参数不同；发送该第三信息。
例如，在图12(b)所示场景中，基站为UE1配置的第一信息中指示第一子频域资源的参考信号序列为index1；基站为UE2配置的第三信息中指示第二子频域资源的参考信号序列为index2。其中，第二子频域资源是第一子频域资源的部分子载波，但基站为UE1配置的参考信号序列index1与基站为UE2配置的参考信号序列index2不同。
当然，应理解，基站也可为不同UE在相同的频域资源配置相同的序列参数。
现有技术中，控制信息以频域连续的方式映射到整个时隙或子帧所在承 载控制信息的数据信道上。如果缩短时延的传输，减少时域占用的传输时间，将会导致频域的相干带宽变大(如5G中的高频场景)，或者导致频域资源增加(如低频场景)，从而导致现有技术控制信息的传输不能得到频域由于选择性衰落产生的频域分集增益。
本发明实施例提出了一种控制信息的发送方法和装置，能够解决控制信息传输得不到频域由于选择性衰落产生的频域分集增益的问题。
图14是本发明实施例控制信息的传输方法流程图。图14的方法由基站执行，该方法可包括：
1410，将控制信息以频域离散的方式映射到用于承载该控制信息的数据信道资源上，其中每个该数据信道资源在时域上小于1ms。
应理解，本发明实施例的控制信息，可以是上行控制信息(Uplink Control Information，UCI)。可选地，该控制信息包括以下中的至少一种：
混合自动重传请求(Hybrid Automatic Repeat-reQuest，HARQ)应答信息、信道状态信息(Channel State Information，CSI)，调度请求(Scheduling Request，SR)。
进一步地，该信道状态信息CSI包括以下中的至少一种：
秩指示(Rank Indicator，RI)、预编码矩阵指示(Precoding Matrix Indicator，PMI)、信道质量指示(Channel Quality Indicator，CQI)、预编码类型指示(Precoding Type Indicator，PTI)、波束指示信息(Beaming indicator/indication，BI)。
1420，通过该数据信道资源发送该控制信息。
本发明实施例中，通过将至少一种控制信息以频域离散的方式映射到数据信道资源上，避免因为采用频域连续的方式传输控制信息而导致传输该控制信息的频域资源落入已经衰减的频域资源范围内，从而能够获得UCI传输时的获得额外的频域分集增益。
在缩短时延的传输的应用场景下，因为在时域上占用的符号数变少，从而导致频域上分配的资源必定增加。例如，2个符号的短时延传输如果在频域上占用6PRB时，则其带宽为1.08MHz，6GHz以下频率上，1.08MHz的带宽上，已经有部分频域的选择性衰落的特性，从而在这个带宽上做离散传输可以获得频率分集增益。
又如，在毫米波的高频场景下，相干带宽大幅度的增加，而且，在5G 提议的信道带宽也扩展到100MHz左右。在这样大的信道带宽上，相干带宽变得更宽，UCI连续传输将会带来性能下降，在频域离散传输也能够获得更大的频率选择性的分集增益。
可选地，作为一个实施例，步骤1410具体可实现为：将至少一种控制信息中的每一种分成多个部分，并将每一种该控制信息的多个部分分别以频域离散的方式映射到该数据信道资源占用带宽上的不同部分上。
进一步地，步骤1410具体可实现为：将至少一种控制信息中的每一种分成两个部分，分别映射到该数据信道资源占用带宽的两侧。
例如，在短时延传输时，2符号TTI的预期最小带宽为1.08MHz，此时，将控制信息放在两侧，可获得频选增益。
更进一步地，当该控制信息中至少一种分成不同的部分，且分别映射到数据信道占用带宽的两侧时，将该控制信息在该数据信道资源占用带宽的两侧分别按从低向高频率映射和从高向低频率映射。当控制信息的大小不确定时，本发明实施例的放置方案能够将所有的控制信息完整放置在两侧。
图15是本发明的一个实施例的一种控制信息映射方式。图15(a)对应于1个数据符号的短时延传输场景，图15(b)对应于2个数据符号的短时延传输场景。例如，在图15(a)中，基站可将肯定确认(Acknowledgement，ACK)/否定确认(Negative Acknowledgement，NACK)分别从数据所在的带宽的两侧向中间映射，然后依次按相同的方式接着映射RI，再将CQI/PMI映射到非ACK/NACIK和RI的部分，最后将上行数据sPUSCH则映射到非UCI的区域。又例如，在图15(b)中，ACK/NACK分别从数据所在的带宽的两侧向中间映射，并且优先映射到离DMRS更近的符号，即左侧的符号，然后依次按相同的方式在同一个符号接着映射RI，接着将CQI/PMI映射到非ACK/NACIK和RI的部分，最后将上行数据sPUSCH则映射到非UCI的区域。当然，应理解，上述映射顺序仅仅是为了便于描述，在实际的映射过程中，并不存在映射的先后顺序。
图16是本发明的一个实施例的一种控制信息映射方式。图16对应于1个时隙的传输场景。如图16所示，UCI从数据所在的带宽的两侧向中间映射，ACK/NACIK和RI映射在该时隙的符号2和符号4上(符号从0开始编号)，CQI/PMI映射在符号0、1、2、4、5和6上。在图16中，ACK/NACK分别从数据所在的带宽的两侧向中间映射，并且优先映射到离DMRS更近 的符号，即左侧的符号，然后依次按相同的方式在同一个符号接着映射RI，接着将CQI/PMI映射到非ACK/NACIK和RI的部分，最后将上行数据sPUSCH则映射到非UCI的区域。
本发明实施例中，因为ACK/NACK和RI的优先级较高，映射到DMRS符号的两侧以及带宽的两侧不仅能够获得频率选择性增益，还能够使得控制信息具有更好的信道估计性能，从而可以确保ACK/NACK和RI获得最佳的解调性能，从而提高重要的控制信息反馈的正确性，提高通信的质量。
或者，可选地，作为另一个实施例，步骤1410具体可实现为：将多种该控制信息分别映射到该数据信道资源占用带宽上的不同部分上。
进一步地，步骤1410具体可实现为：在该数据信道资源占用带宽上的至少一个部分中的每个部分中将第一控制信息从高频子载波到低频子载波进行映射；其中，该第一控制信息为多种该控制信息之一。
或者，进一步地，步骤1410具体可实现为：在该数据信道资源占用带宽上的至少一个部分中的每个部分中将该第一控制信息从低频子载波到高频子载波进行映射；其中，该第一控制信息为多种该控制信息之一。
或者，进一步地，步骤1410具体可实现为：在该信道资源占用带宽上的至少一个部分中的第一部分中将该第一控制信息从低频子载波到高频子载波进行映射，在该信道资源占用带宽上的至少一个部分中的第二部分中将该第一控制信息从高频子载波到低频子载波进行映射；其中，该第一控制信息为多种该控制信息之一。
以HARQ应答消息和RI为例，当所述至少一种控制信息包括HARQ应答消息和RI时，且该数据信道资源被分为子带1、子带2、子带3和子带4共四个子带时，步骤1410具体可实现为：
将HARQ应答消息映射到子带1和子带3，将RI映射到子带2和子带4；或者
将HARQ应答消息映射到子带2和子带4，将RI映射到子带1和子带3；或者
将HARQ应答消息映射到子带1和子带4，将RI映射到子带2和子带3；或者
将HARQ应答消息映射到子带2和子带3，将RI映射到子带1和子带4。
应理解，本发明实施例中，子带可以是信令配置的，或者是在预定义的传输UCI的信道中划分出来的部分带宽。子带可以是均匀划分的，也可以是不均匀划分的。本发明对此不做限制。
图17是本发明的一个实施例的再一种控制信息映射方式。图17(a)对应于1个数据符号的短时延传输场景，图17(b)对应于2个数据符号的短时延传输场景。
在图17(a)中，UE在被划分成4个子带的的数据带宽上做控制信息的传输。如图17(a)所示，UE可将HARQ应答消息(ACK/NACK)分别从子带0和子带2的低频子载波向高频子载波映射；将RI分别从子带1和子带3的低频子载波向高频子载波映射。
在图17(b)中，UE所在的数据带宽划分成4个子带。UE还可将ACK/NACK从子带0的低频子载波向高频子载波映射，从子带3的高频子载波向低频子载波映射；将RI从子带1的低频子载波向高频子载波映射，从子带2的高频子载波向低频子载波映射。
此外，在图17所示实施例中，CQI和PMI可在非ACK/NACK之外的区域映射，数据则在UCI之外的区域映射。
本发明实施例中，将不同的控制信息在不同的子带中分开传输，从而保证不同的控制信息不会相互干扰，便于基站接收机接收，并且不同的控制信息在不同的子带上传输，可以最大化得获得这些控制信息传输的频选增益。
或者，进一步地，或者，进一步地，步骤1410具体可实现为：在多个第一部分资源的每一个该第一控制信息从高频子载波到低频子载波进行映射，该多个第一部分资源为为该数据信道资源占用带宽中用于映射第一控制信息的资源；在多个第二部分资源的每一个该第二控制信息从低频子载波到高频子载波进行映射，该多个第二部分资源为为该数据信道资源占用带宽中用于映射第二控制信息的资源。
本发明实施例中，将控制信息中的K种控制信息分别映射到带宽上的不同部分，防止控制信息同时处于同一个深衰落子载波上，从而使得所有控制信息能够至少有一部分能够得到正确的传输。
可选地，作为一个实施例，步骤1410具体可实现为：当该控制信息包括多种控制信息时，将该多种控制信息分别映射到该数据信道资源的至少两个时域数据符号上，并以频域离散的方式映射到该数据信道资源占用的带宽 上。
图18是本发明的一个实施例的再一种控制信息映射方式。图19是本发明的一个实施例的再一种控制信息映射方式。
如图18和图19所示，UE在图15-17所示实施例的基础上，还可将控制信息映射到多个符号上。具体地，在图18和图19所示实施例中，UE可将RI、ACK/NACK映射到1个时隙的符号2和符号4上。
本发明实施例中，上述所示的方法可以用于不同长度的TTI上，扩展了本发明方法的适合范围。
进一步地，步骤1410具体可实现为：将第一控制信息以频域离散的方式映射到该数据信道资源在第一符号上的时频资源，将第二控制信息以频域离散的方式映射到该数据信道资源在第二符号上的时频资源。例如，将第一控制信息映射到该数据信道资源在时域为第一符号，频域为第一子带和第二子带上的时频资源；将第一控制信息映射到该数据信道资源在时域为第二符号，频域为第一子带和第二子带上的时频资源。
图20是本发明的一个实施例的再一种控制信息映射方式。如图20所示，UE可在时域上将ACK/NACK映射到符号2上，将RI映射到符号4上，频域上的映射可参考图15-17所示实施例。
或者，进一步地，步骤1410具体可实现为：将第一控制信息映射到该数据信道资源的第一子带和第一符号上的时频资源，以及该数据信道资源的第二子带和第二符号上的时频资源；将第二控制信息映射到该数据信道资源的第一子带和第二符号上的时频资源，以及该数据信道资源的第二子带和第一符号上的时频资源。
图21是本发明的一个实施例的再一种控制信息映射方式。如图21所示，UE可将ACK/NACK和RI交叉映射符号2、符号4及子带0和子带3。ACK/NACK和RI在子带0和子带3上，可以从高频子载波到低频子载波映射和/或从高频子载波到低频子载波映射，本发明实施例在此不做限制。
本发明实施例中，可以在时间上起到时间分集和干扰分散的作用，避免同时放在一个符号上同时被强干扰。
应理解，所述控制信息在所述信道资源的一个子帧上占用的符号数可以为2个、3个、4个、6个或7个中的任意一种。
可选地，当控制信息包括HARQ应答消息和RI时，步骤1410具体可 实现为：将该控制信息中的HARQ应答消息和RI分别映到该数据信道资源两侧相邻的两个时域数据符号上，并且以频域离散的方式映射到该数据信道资源占用的带宽上。
或者，可选地，当控制信息包括HARQ应答消息和RI时，步骤1410具体可实现为：将该控制信息中的HARQ应答消息和RI分别映到该数据信道资源同侧的相同的时域数据符号上，并且以频域离散的方式映射到该数据信道资源占用的带宽上。
进一步地，该方法还可包括：在发送该控制信息时对该数据信道资源进行速率匹配或打孔操作。
本发明实施例中，这种方法，在所述的信道中传输所述的控制信息时，尽可能地减少对信道中传输数据的影响，从而确保原信道的传输性能几乎不下降。
图22是本发明的另一个实施例设备到设备的场景示意图。图22所示实施例中，可包括全球导航卫星系统(Global Navigation Satellite System，GNSS)、基站(eNB)、路侧单元(Road Side Unit，RSU)和用户设备(UE)。应理解，图22所示的通信网络，例如，可以是车联网等。图22中，UE之间可以相互通信，该UE可以是车载设备等；RSU可以和各个UE和/或eNB进行通信；eNB可以和各个UE和/或RSU进行通信；GNSS可用于为图22所示的其它网元提供定位与授权的信息。上述各个网元设备之间都可以相互通信，通信时可以使用蜂窝链路的频谱，也可以使用5.9GHz附近的智能交通频谱。各网元设备相互通信的技术可以基于LTE协议进行增强，也可以基于D2D技术进行增强。
应理解，在图22所示的场景中，eNB是可选的。本发明实施例的应用场景，可按照UE被eNB的覆盖情况分为三类：如果有eNB，则是属于有网络覆盖的场景；如果无eNB，则是属于无网络覆盖的场景；如果同时存在部分UE在网络内，另一部分UE在网络覆盖之外，则属于部分覆盖的场景。
在图22所示的应用场景中，现有技术通常以基站作为D2D链路上的同步源进行同步并通信。但是，当车速较高时，或者基站间不同步时，可能导致车辆上的UE无法得到同步源，从而导致通信失败，并且在无基站覆盖的场景下，现有技术的同步性能较差，通信质量得不到保证。
为了解决图22所示的应用场景的问题，本发明实施例提出了一种通过 同步源进行D2D通信的方法。
图23是本发明的一个实施例通过同步源进行D2D通信的方法流程图。图23的方法由UE执行。应理解，本发明实施例中，该UE可以是车载设备或移动终端例如手机、平板电脑(PAD)等，如图23所示，该方法可包括：
2310，UE根据第一同步源配置信息检测第一设备的信号，其中，该第一设备为卫星设备。
应理解，本发明中的卫星设备可包括：全球导航卫星系统(GNSS)或者能够提供与GNSS功能类似的设备。GNSS包括各个国家和地区提供的导航卫星系统，例如：中国的北斗，美国的GPS，欧洲的伽利略系统，俄罗斯的GLONASS等。卫星设备还可以是能够提供与GNSS类似精度的设备，例如基于原子钟做的定位和授时的设备。
可选地，该第一同步源配置信息是该基站发送给该UE的。
本发明实施例中，UE可以根据基站发送的第一同步源配置信息，灵活调整UE的同步源。
或者，该第一同步源配置信息是预定义的或预配置的。
该第一同步源配置信息是预定义的，例如，该第一同步源配置信息可以是协议规定的，等等。
该第一同步源配置信息是预配置的，例如，可以是UE在出厂时预设置的，或者是UE的用户预设置的，等等。
本发明实施例中，UE根据预配置的第一同步源配置信息确定同步源，可以使得UE在不被基站覆盖的场景下，获得同步源信息。
具体地，该第一同步源配置信息可包括同步源类型的优先级信息。例如，该第一同步源配置信息可指示卫星设备、来自网络覆盖内的UE同步源和来自网络覆盖外的UE同步源三种同步源的优先级为：
卫星设备＞来自网络覆盖内的UE同步源＞来自网络覆盖外的UE同步源；或者
来自网络覆盖内的UE同步源＞卫星设备＞来自网络覆盖外的UE同步源。
通过为UE配置同步源类型的优先级信息，可以使得UE在同时检测到多个不同优先级的同步源时，优先同步到同步源类型优先级更高的同步源上。
当然，应理解，该第一同步源配置信息可包括同步源的优先级信息。例如，规定卫星设备A的优先级最高，卫星设备B其次，基站C第三，RSU D第四，等等。
2320，当该UE检测到有效的该第一设备的信号时，将该第一设备作为该UE的D2D链路的同步源，或者，当该UE检测不到有效的该第一设备的信号时，获取第二设备作为该D2D链路的同步源，其中该第二设备为卫星设备之外的设备。
2330，根据该D2D链路的同步源进行该D2D链路的通信。
本发明实施例中，UE在存在有效的卫星信号时选择卫星设备作为同步源，在检测不到有效的卫星信号时选择卫星设备以外的设备作为同步源，使得UE不管在有卫星信号还是无卫星信号的场景中都可以根据同步源进行同步，从而能够避免用户设备长时间失去同步源而导致同步失败，提高了用户设备的同步效率。
应理解，在步骤2320中，UE检测不到有效的卫星信号可包括多种情况。
可选地，作为一个实施例，UE检测不到有效的卫星信号包括：该UE检测到的卫星信号的信道质量小于第一门限值。应理解，如果信道质量较差时，通信质量得不到保障，这种情况下检测到的卫星信号不能作为有效的卫星信号。因此，可预先确定一个第一门限值，当检测到的卫星信号的信道质量小于该第一门限值时，可认为该卫星信号为无效的信号。具体的，该第一门限值可以设置为UE与卫星设备通信时所需要的最低信道质量，或者是比该最低信道质量高一些的值。进一步地，该UE检测到的卫星信号的信道质量小于第一门限值包括：UE在预设时间内检测到的卫星信号的信道质量小于第一门限值。
或者，可选地，作为另一个实施例，UE检测不到有效的卫星信号包括：UE检测不到卫星信号。进一步地，UE检测不到卫星信号包括：UE在预定时间内检测不到卫星信号。如果UE在预定时间内检测不到卫星信号，可视为UE检测不到卫星信号，显然也就得不到有效的卫星信号。
应理解，因为周围环境的变化，UE有可能在短时间内因为障碍物的遮挡而检测不到有效的卫星信号，之后很快又能检测到有效的卫星信号。为避免此类场景被误检测为失去卫星设备同步源，可设定一个预定时长，当该UE检测不到有效的卫星信号的持续时间大于预定时长，才认为UE失去卫 星设备同步源，此时需要获取该卫星设备之外的第二设备作为同步源。
具体地，UE检测到有效的该第一设备的信号包括：该UE在该预定时长内检测到卫星信号，或者该UE检测到的卫星信号的信道质量大于或等于第二门限值。该第二门限值可以和第一门限值相同，也可以不同。
可选地，作为一个实施例，该方法还可包括：向该UE的基站发送指示信息，该指示信息指示该UE检测不到有效的卫星信号。当UE检测得到有效的卫星信号，可向基站发送指示信息，通知基站，以便基站为UE配置同步源。当然，应理解，基站可以根据该指示信息为UE配置同步源，也肯能不配置。
进一步地，在本实施例中，获取第二设备作为该D2D链路的同步源可包括：接收该基站发送的第二同步源配置信息，该第二同步源配置信息指示该第二设备作为该UE的同步源；根据该第二同步源配置信息确定该第二设备为该D2D链路的同步源。
应理解，本发明实施例中，UE向基站发送检测不到有效的卫星信号的指示信息后，基站可重新发送第二同步源配置信息给该UE。特别地，该第二同步源配置信息中配置的第二同步源可以是该基站。
可选地，作为另一个实施例，获取第二设备作为该D2D链路的同步源包括：获取该第二设备中同步源中优先级最高的设备作为该第二同步源。可选地，该第二同步源为该UE的基站或其它UE。
例如，在第一同步源配置信息中，除了卫星设备作为第一同步源之外，还可包括其它同步源。如步骤2310所述，该第一同步源配置信息可以是基站发送给UE的，或者是UE预配置的。具体地，该第二同步源可以是UE的基站等，或者是与UE相邻的其它UE，等等。
又例如，UE可预先配置优先级最高的同步源为卫星设备，优先级次高的为该UE的基站，则当UE检测不到有效的卫星信号时，则将该基站作为UE的第二同步源进行同步。
本发明实施例中，在检测不到有效的卫星信号时选择预先配置或按预定义的优先级规则确定的同步源作为第二同步源，能够使得用户设备根据预配置的同步源进行同步，提高了用户设备的同步效率。
可选地，作为一个实施例，该方法还可包括：当该UE检测不到有效的卫星信号的持续时间小于预定时长，且该UE检测到第二设备的信号，则将 该第二设备作为该D2D链路的同步源。
当该UE检测不到有效的卫星信号的持续时间小于该预定时长，且UE检测到检测到第二设备的信号，则UE可将该同步源作为UE的同步源并进行同步，可以在较短时间内获得同步源，并遵循选择优先级高的同步源的原则。
更进一步地，该第二设备是优先级不低于卫星设备的同步源。特别地，当UE检测到多个同步源信号时，此时，UE还可以根据同步源的优先级或同步源类型的优先级选择优先级最高的同步源作为D2D链路的同步源。
可选地，该方法还包括：将该UE的D2D链路上的通信资源切换到与该同步源相关联的资源或资源池上。
例如，UE如果同步到图22所示的RSU，则使用与RSU相关联的资源或资源池进行通信；相应地，UE如果同步到图22所示的基站，则使用与基站相关联的资源或资源池进行通信，等等。
本发明实施例中，在UE同步到同步源后，将该UE的D2D链路上的通信资源切换到与该同步源相关联的资源或资源池上，可以减少因为不同同步源的UE在相同通信资源上进行通信时的定时偏差问题带来的干扰问题，从而能够保证不同同步源的UE间可以实行有效的通信。
可选地，该方法还可包括：当所述UE检测到的所述D2D链路上的信号质量低于第三门限值时，所述UE发射所述D2D链路上的同步信号。
应理解，此处的信号质量可以是RSRP，RSRQ，SINR，RSSI中的任意一种或多种，该门限值可以是预定义、预配置或通过信令配置的。
本发明实施例中，发出的D2D链路上同步信号可以在网络内用于小区间的不同UE之间实现同步，也可以在网络外时触发同步到高优先级的同步源发出D2D链路上的同步信号，以便于其他UE及时地获得同步参考。有第二门限值的限定，可以减少不必要的发射。从而确保了D2D链路上的同步性能。
本发明还提出了一种用户设备，用于执行图5所示实施例的方法，并实现UE在图5所示实施例及扩展实施例的功能。
具体地，用户设备可以通过功能性的模块来实现相应的方法，用户设备可包括用于执行图5所示实施例的方法的单元。
本发明还提出了一种基站，用于执行图11所示实施例的方法，并实现 基站在图11所示实施例及扩展实施例的功能。
具体地，基站可以通过功能性的模块来实现相应的方法，基站可包括用于执行图11所示实施例的方法的单元。
本发明还提出了一种基站，用于执行图14所示实施例的方法，并实现基站在图14所示实施例及扩展实施例的功能。
具体地，基站可以通过功能性的模块来实现相应的方法，基站可包括用于执行图14所示实施例的方法的单元。
本发明还提出了一种用户设备，用于执行图23所示实施例的方法，并实现UE在图23所示实施例及扩展实施例的功能。
具体地，用户设备可以通过功能性的模块来实现相应的方法，用户设备可包括用于执行图23所示实施例的方法的单元。
本发明还提出了一种计算机可读存储介质，用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序包括用于执行图5所示实施例的方法的指令。
本发明还提出了另一种计算机可读存储介质，用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序包括用于执行图11所示实施例的方法的指令。
本发明还提出了再一种计算机可读存储介质，用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序包括用于执行图14所示实施例的方法的指令。
本发明还提出了再一种计算机可读存储介质，用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序包括用于执行图23所示实施例的方法的指令。
图24是本发明的一个实施例用户设备2400的结构示意图。如图24所示，用户设备2400可包括：处理模块2402和发射模块2401，其中，
处理模块2402，用于确定用户设备2400的至少一个子频域资源对应的序列参数，并根据该序列参数生成参考信号序列，其中，一个子频域资源对应于一种序列参数。
发射模块2401，用于将该参考信号序列映射到该至少一个子频域资源对应的物理资源上。
本发明实施例中，用户设备2400通过确定至少一个子频域资源上对应的序列参数，基于序列参数生成参考信号序列，并映射到至少一个子频域资源对应的物理资源上，从而使得基站可以根据所调度的各个UE的复用情况灵活地分配参考信号的生成参数，从而增加多用户的复用能力，增强调度的灵活性。
应理解，在具体的应用中，处理模块2402可以是一个处理器，发射模块2401可以是一个发射器。
可选地，用户设备还可包括接收模块2403。接收模块可以是接收器。发射机和接收器可以耦合到天线中。
可选地，该参考信号为解调参考信号DMRS，该至少一个子频域资源包括DMRS所在的数据带宽中的部分或全部子载波。
可选地，该序列参数包括以下中的至少一种：参考信号序列的根序列索引、循环移位值或正交覆盖码。
可选地，作为一个实施例，该至少一个子频域资源中第一子频域资源对应的序列参数是由该第一子频域资源的第一资源索引值确定的。
进一步地，该序列参数中根序列索引的序列组跳和/或序列跳中的至少一种是由该第一资源索引值确定的。
可选地，作为一个实施例，处理模块2402还用于：获取第一信息，该第一信息用于指示该至少一个子频域资源对应的序列参数；其中，处理模块2402用于根据该第一信息确定该至少一个子频域资源对应的序列参数。
或者，可选地，作为另一个实施例，处理模块2402还用于：获取第一信息，该第一信息用于指示该至少一个子频域资源对应的至少一种序列参数；其中，处理模块2402用于：根据该第一信息和该至少一个子频域资源对应的资源索引值确定该至少一个子频域资源对应的该至少一种序列参数。
应理解，处理模块2402可直接从用户设备2400预定义或预设置的信息中获取该第一信息，或者通过接收模块2403接收基站发送的第一信息。
应理解，该第一信息所指示的序列参数为绝对值或相对值。
可选地，处理模块2402还用于：确定该至少一个子频域资源。
可选地，作为一个实施例，该至少一个子频域资源是信令指示的或预定义或预配置的。
或者，可选地，作为另一个实施例，处理模块2402还用于：获取第二信息，该第二信息用于指示该至少一个子频域资源；其中，处理模块2402用于：根据该第二信息确定该至少一个子频域资源。
进一步地，该第二信息包括该至少一个子频域资源的复用方式。可选地，该复用方式可包括频分复用、码分复用、资源共用等的至少一种复用方式。可选地，当该至少一个子频域资源为两个及以上的子频域资源时，每个该子 频域资源的复用方式相同；或者，至少存在两个该子频域资源的复用方式不同。
应理解，处理模块2402可直接从用户设备2400预定义或预设置的信息中获取该第二信息，或者通过接收模块2403接收基站发送的第二信息。
用户设备2400还可执行图5的方法，并实现用户设备在图5所示实施例的功能，本发明实施例在此不再赘述。
图25是本发明的一个实施例基站2500的结构示意图。如图25所示，基站2500可包括：处理模块2502和发射模块2501，其中，
处理模块2502用于生成第一信息，其中，该第一信息用于指示至少一个子频域资源对应的序列参数，该至少一个子频域资源是该第一UE用于映射参考信号序列的频域资源，该第一UE的每个子频域资源对应于一种序列参数。
发射模块2501，用于向该第一UE发送该第一信息。
本发明实施例中，基站2500通过为UE配置用于发送参考信号的每个子频域资源对应的序列参数的指示信息，使得基站可以实现对UE上的参考信号序列的完全控制，从而可以保证调度的灵活性。
应理解，在具体的应用中，处理模块2502可以是一个处理器，发射模块2501可以是一个发射器。
可选地，用户设备还可包括接收模块2503。接收模块可以是接收器。发射机和接收器可以耦合到天线中。
可选地，该参考信号为解调参考信号DMRS，该至少一个子频域资源包括该第一UE的DMRS所在的数据带宽中的部分或全部子载波。
可选地，该序列参数包括以下中的至少一种：参考信号序列的根序列索引、循环移位值或正交覆盖码。
可选地，处理模块2502还用于生成第二信息，该第二信息用于指示该至少一个子频域资源；其中，发射模块2501还用于向该第一UE发送该第二信息。
进一步地，该第二信息包括该至少一个子频域资源的复用方式。更进一步地，当该至少一个子频域资源为两个及以上的子频域资源时，每个该子频域资源的参考信号序列的复用方式相同；或者，至少存在两个该子频域资源的参考信号序列的复用方式不同。
处理模块2502还用于生成第三信息，该第三信息用于指示至少一个子频域资源对应的序列参数，该第三信息中的该至少一个子频域资源是该第二UE用于映射参考信号序列的频域资源，该第二UE的每个子频域资源对应于一种序列参数，其中，该第二UE的至少一个子频域资源中第二子频域资源是该第一UE的至少一个子频域资源中第一子频域资源的全部或部分频域资源，且该第二子频域资源和该第一子频域资源对应的序列参数不同；其中，发射模块2501还用于向该第二UE发送该第三信息。
基站2500还可执行图11的方法，并实现基站在图11所示实施例的功能，本发明实施例在此不再赘述。
图26是本发明的一个实施例用户设备2600的结构示意图。如图26所示，用户设备2600可包括：处理模块2602和发射模块2601，其中，
处理模块2602用于将控制信息以频域离散的方式映射到用于承载该控制信息的数据信道资源上，其中每个该数据信道资源在时域上小于1ms；
发射模块2601用于通过该数据信道资源发送该控制信息。
本发明实施例中，用户设备2600通过将至少一种控制信息以频域离散的方式映射到数据信道资源上，避免因为采用频域连续的方式传输控制信息而导致传输该控制信息的频域资源落入已经衰减的频域资源范围内，从而能够获得UCI传输时的获得额外的频域分集增益。
应理解，在具体的应用中，处理模块2602可以是一个处理器，发射模块2601可以是一个发射器。
可选地，用户设备还可包括接收模块2603。接收模块可以是接收器。发射机和接收器可以耦合到天线中。
可选地，该控制信息包括以下中的至少一种：混合自动重传请求HARQ应答信息、信道状态信息CSI或调度请求SR。进一步地，该CSI包括以下中的至少一种：秩指示RI、预编码矩阵指示PMI、信道质量指示CQI、预编码类型指示PTI、波束指示信息BI。
可选地，作为一个实施例，处理模块2602具体用于：将至少一种该控制信息中的每一种分成多个部分，并将每一种该控制信息的多个部分分别以频域离散的方式映射到该数据信道资源占用带宽上的不同部分上；或者，将多种该控制信息分别映射到该数据信道资源占用带宽上的不同部分上。
进一步地，处理模块2602具体用于：将至少一种控制信息中的每一种 分成两个部分，分别映射到该数据信道资源占用带宽的两侧。
或者，进一步地，处理模块2602具体用于：
在该数据信道资源占用带宽上的至少一个部分中的每个部分中将第一控制信息从高频子载波到低频子载波进行映射；或者
在该数据信道资源占用带宽上的至少一个部分中的每个部分中将该第一控制信息从低频子载波到高频子载波进行映射；或者
在该数据信道资源占用带宽上的至少一个部分中的第一部分中将该第一控制信息从低频子载波到高频子载波进行映射，在该数据信道资源占用带宽上的至少一个部分中的第二部分中将该第一控制信息从高频子载波到低频子载波进行映射；
其中，该第一控制信息为该多种该控制信息之一。
更进一步地，当该控制信息包括HARQ应答消息和RI时，且该数据信道资源被分为子带1、子带2、子带3和子带4共四个子带时，处理模块2602具体用于：
将HARQ应答消息映射到子带1和子带3，将RI映射到子带2和子带4；或者
将HARQ应答消息映射到子带2和子带4，将RI映射到子带1和子带3；或者
将HARQ应答消息映射到子带1和子带4，将RI映射到子带2和子带3；或者
将HARQ应答消息映射到子带2和子带3，将RI映射到子带1和子带4。
可选地，处理模块2602具体用于：当该控制信息包括多种控制信息时，将该多种控制信息分别映射到该数据信道资源的至少两个时域数据符号上，并以频域离散的方式映射到该数据信道资源占用的带宽上。
进一步地，处理模块2602具体用于：
将第一控制信息映射到该数据信道资源在第一符号上的时频资源，将第二控制信息映射到该数据信道资源在第二符号上的时频资源；或者
将第一控制信息映射到该数据信道资源的第一子带和第一符号上的时频资源，以及该信道资源的第二子带和第二符号上的时频资源；将第二控制信息映射到该数据信道资源的第一子带和第二符号上的时频资源，以及该信 道资源的第二子带和第一符号上的时频资源。
可选地，该控制信息在该数据信道资源的一个子帧上占用的符号数为2个、3个、4个、6个或7个中的任意一种。
进一步地，当该控制信息包括HARQ应答消息和RI，处理模块2602具体用于：将该控制信息中的HARQ应答消息和RI分别映到该数据信道资源两侧相邻的两个时域数据符号上，并且以频域离散的方式映射到该数据信道资源占用的带宽上。
可选地，作为一个实施例，当该控制信息包括HARQ应答消息和RI时，处理模块2602具体用于：将该控制信息中的HARQ应答消息和RI分别映到该数据信道资源同侧的相同的时域数据符号上，并且以频域离散的方式映射到该数据信道资源占用的带宽上。
可选地，发射模块2601还用于在发送该控制信息时对该数据信道资源进行速率匹配或打孔操作。
用户设备2600还可执行图14的方法，并实现用户设备在图14所示实施例的功能，本发明实施例在此不再赘述。
图27是本发明的一个实施例用户设备2700的结构示意图。如图27所示，用户设备2700可包括：收发模块2701和处理模块2702，其中，
处理模块2702用于根据第一同步源配置信息，通过检测第一设备的信号，其中，该第一设备为卫星设备；
收发模块2701用于接收第一设备的信号；
当处理模块2702检测到有效的该第一设备的信号时，处理模块2702还用于将该第一设备作为该UE的D2D链路的同步源，或者，当处理模块2702检测不到有效的该第一设备的信号时，处理模块2702还用于获取第二设备作为该D2D链路的同步源，其中该第二设备为卫星设备之外的设备；
收发模块2701还用于根据该D2D链路的同步源进行该D2D链路的通信。
本发明实施例中，用户设备2700在存在有效的卫星信号时选择卫星设备作为同步源，在检测不到有效的卫星信号时选择卫星设备以外的设备作为同步源，使得UE不管在有卫星信号还是无卫星信号的场景中都可以根据同步源进行同步，从而能够避免用户设备长时间失去同步源而导致同步失败，提高了用户设备的同步效率。
应理解，在具体的应用中，处理模块2702可以是一个处理器，收发模块2701可以包括收发机，或者包括发射器和接收器。发射机和接收器可以耦合到天线中。
可选地，该第一同步源配置信息是该基站发送给该UE的；或者，该第一同步源配置信息是预定义或预配置的。
可选地，处理模块2702检测不到有效的卫星信号包括：
处理模块2702检测到的卫星信号的信道质量小于第一门限值；或者
处理模块2702检测不到卫星信号；或者
处理模块2702在预设时间内检测不到卫星信号或检测到的卫星信号的信道质量小于该第一门限值。
可选地，处理模块2702检测到有效的该第一设备的信号包括：
处理模块2702在该预定时长内检测到卫星信号，或处理模块2702在该预设时长内检测到的卫星信号的信道质量大于或等于第二门限值。
可选地，作为一个实施例，当处理模块2702检测不到有效的卫星信号的持续时间小于预定时长，且处理模块2702检测到第二设备的信号，则处理模块2702可以将该第二设备作为该D2D链路的同步源。
可选地，作为另一个实施例，收发模块2701还用于向该UE的基站发送指示信息，该指示信息指示该UE检测不到有效的卫星信号。
进一步地，收发模块2701还用于接收该基站发送的第二同步源配置信息，该第二同步源配置信息指示该第二设备作为该UE的同步源；处理模块2702具体用于：根据该第二同步源配置信息确定该第二设备为该D2D链路的同步源。进一步地，该第二设备为该基站。
可选地，作为另一个实施例，处理模块2702具体用于：获取该第二设备中同步源中优先级最高的设备作为该第二同步源。进一步地，该第二同步源为该UE的基站或其它UE。
可选地，处理模块2702还用于：将该UE的D2D链路上的通信资源切换到与该同步源相关联的资源或资源池上。
可选地，当处理模块2702检测到的该D2D链路上的信号质量低于第三门限值时，收发模块2701还用于发射该D2D链路上的同步信号。
用户设备2700还可执行图23的方法，并实现用户设备在图23所示实施例的功能，本发明实施例在此不再赘述。
本发明实施例还提出了一种用户设备2800。图28是本发明的一个实施例用户设备2800的结构示意图。用户设备2800的实体装置结构示意图可如图28所示，包括处理器2802、存储器2803、发射机2801和接收机2804。具体的应用中，发射机2801和接收机2804可以耦合到天线2805。
存储器2803，用于存放程序。具体地，程序可以包括程序代码，所述程序代码包括计算机操作指令。存储器2803可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器，并向处理器2802提供指令和数据。存储器2803可能包含高速RAM存储器，也可能还包括非易失性存储器(non-volatile memory)，例如至少1个磁盘存储器。
处理器2802，执行存储器2803所存放的程序。
具体地，在用户设备2800中，处理器2802可通过接收机2804和发射机2801执行以下方法：
确定用户设备2800的至少一个子频域资源对应的序列参数，其中，一个子频域资源对应于一种序列参数；
根据该序列参数生成参考信号序列；
将该参考信号序列映射到至少一个子频域资源对应的物理资源上。
上述如本发明图5所示实施例揭示的用户设备执行的方法可以应用于处理器2802中，或者由处理器2802实现。处理器2802可能是一种集成电路芯片，具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中，上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器2802中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器2802可以是通用处理器，包括中央处理器(Central Processing Unit，简称CPU)、网络处理器(Network Processor，简称NP)等；还可以是数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本发明实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本发明实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成，或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器，闪存、只读存储器，可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器2803，处理器2802读取存储器2803中的信息，结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。
本发明实施例还提出了一种基站2900。图29是本发明的一个实施例基站2900的结构示意图。基站2900的实体装置结构示意图可如图29所示，包括处理器2902、存储器2903、发射机2901和接收机2904。具体的应用中，发射机2901和接收机2904可以耦合到天线2905。
存储器2903，用于存放程序。具体地，程序可以包括程序代码，所述程序代码包括计算机操作指令。存储器2903可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器，并向处理器2902提供指令和数据。存储器2903可能包含高速RAM存储器，也可能还包括非易失性存储器(non-volatile memory)，例如至少1个磁盘存储器。
处理器2902，执行存储器2903所存放的程序。
具体地，在基站2900中，处理器2902可通过接收机2904和发射机2901执行以下方法：
生成第一信息，其中，该第一信息用于指示至少一个子频域资源对应的序列参数，该至少一个子频域资源是该第一UE用于映射参考信号序列的频域资源，该第一UE的每个子频域资源对应于一种序列参数；
向该第一UE发送该第一信息。
上述如本发明图11所示实施例揭示的用户设备执行的方法可以应用于处理器2902中，或者由处理器2902实现。处理器2902可能是一种集成电路芯片，具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中，上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器2902中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器2902可以是通用处理器，包括中央处理器(Central Processing Unit，简称CPU)、网络处理器(Network Processor，简称NP)等；还可以是数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本发明实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本发明实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成，或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器，闪存、只读存储器，可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器2903，处理器2902读取存储器2903中的信息，结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。
本发明实施例还提出了一种用户设备3000。图30是本发明的一个实施例用户设备3000的结构示意图。用户设备3000的实体装置结构示意图可如图30所示，包括处理器3002、存储器3003、发射机3001和接收机3004。具体的应用中，发射机3001和接收机3004可以耦合到天线3005。
存储器3003，用于存放程序。具体地，程序可以包括程序代码，所述程序代码包括计算机操作指令。存储器3003可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器，并向处理器3002提供指令和数据。存储器3003可能包含高速RAM存储器，也可能还包括非易失性存储器(non-volatile memory)，例如至少1个磁盘存储器。
处理器3002，执行存储器3003所存放的程序。
具体地，在用户设备3000中，处理器3002可通过接收机3004和发射机3001执行以下方法：
将控制信息以频域离散的方式映射到用于承载该控制信息的数据信道资源上，其中每个该数据信道资源在时域上小于1ms；
通过该数据信道资源发送该控制信息。
上述如本发明图14所示实施例揭示的用户设备执行的方法可以应用于处理器3002中，或者由处理器3002实现。处理器3002可能是一种集成电路芯片，具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中，上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器3002中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器3002可以是通用处理器，包括中央处理器(Central Processing Unit，简称CPU)、网络处理器(Network Processor，简称NP)等；还可以是数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本发明实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本发明实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成，或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器，闪存、只读存储器，可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器3003，处理器3002读取存储器3003中的信息，结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。
本发明实施例还提出了一种用户设备3100。图31是本发明的一个实施 例用户设备3100的结构示意图。用户设备3100的实体装置结构示意图可如图31所示，包括处理器3102、存储器3103、发射机3101和接收机3104。具体的应用中，发射机3101和接收机3104可以耦合到天线3105。
存储器3103，用于存放程序。具体地，程序可以包括程序代码，所述程序代码包括计算机操作指令。存储器3103可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器，并向处理器3102提供指令和数据。存储器3103可能包含高速RAM存储器，也可能还包括非易失性存储器(non-volatile memory)，例如至少1个磁盘存储器。
处理器3102，执行存储器3103所存放的程序。
具体地，在用户设备3100中，处理器3102可通过接收机3104和发射机3101执行以下方法：
根据第一同步源配置信息检测第一设备的信号，其中，该第一设备为卫星设备；
当检测到有效的该第一设备的信号时，将该第一设备作为该UE的D2D链路的同步源，或者，当检测不到有效的该第一设备的信号时，获取第二设备作为该D2D链路的同步源，其中该第二设备为卫星设备之外的设备；
根据该D2D链路的同步源进行该D2D链路的通信。
上述如本发明图23所示实施例揭示的用户设备执行的方法可以应用于处理器3102中，或者由处理器3102实现。处理器3102可能是一种集成电路芯片，具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中，上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器3102中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器3102可以是通用处理器，包括中央处理器(Central Processing Unit，简称CPU)、网络处理器(Network Processor，简称NP)等；还可以是数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本发明实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本发明实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成，或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器，闪存、只读存储器，可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器3103，处理器 3102读取存储器3103中的信息，结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。
应理解，在本发明的各种实施例中，上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后，各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定，而不应对本发明实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本发明的范围。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的系统、装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，所述单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外，在本发明各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本发明的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器， 或者网络设备等)执行本发明各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory，ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
以上所述，仅为本发明的具体实施方式，但本发明的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本发明揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到变化或替换，都应涵盖在本发明的保护范围之内。因此，本发明的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (92)

  1. 一种参考信号序列的映射方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    确定用户设备UE的至少一个子频域资源对应的序列参数，其中，一个子频域资源对应于一种序列参数；
    根据所述序列参数生成参考信号序列；
    将所述参考信号序列映射到至少一个子频域资源对应的物理资源上。
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述参考信号为解调参考信号DMRS，所述至少一个子频域资源包括DMRS所在的数据带宽中的部分或全部子载波。
  3. 如权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述序列参数包括以下中的至少一种：
    参考信号序列的根序列索引、循环移位值或正交覆盖码。
  4. 如权利要求1-3中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    第一子频域资源对应的序列参数是由所述第一子频域资源的第一资源索引值确定的，所述第一子频域资源是所述至少一个子频域资源之一。
  5. 如权利要求4所述的方法，其特征在于，第一根序列索引的序列组跳和/或序列跳是由所述第一资源索引值确定的，其中，所述第一根序列索引是第一子频域资源对应的序列参数中的根序列索引。
  6. 如权利要求1-3中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述方法还包括：获取第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示所述至少一个子频域资源对应的序列参数；
    其中，所述确定所述至少一个子频域资源对应的序列参数包括：根据所述第一信息确定所述至少一个子频域资源对应的序列参数。
  7. 如权利要求1-3中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述方法还包括：获取第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示所述至少一个子频域资源对应的至少一种序列参数；
    其中，所述确定所述至少一个子频域资源对应的序列参数包括：根据所述第一信息和所述至少一个子频域资源对应的资源索引值确定所述至少一个子频域资源对应的所述至少一种序列参数。
  8. 如权利要求6或7所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一信息所指示的序列参数为绝对值或相对值。
  9. 如权利要求1-8中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    确定所述至少一个子频域资源。
  10. 如权利要求9所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述至少一个子频域资源是信令指示的或预定义或预配置的。
  11. 如权利要求9所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述方法还包括：获取第二信息，所述第二信息用于指示所述至少一个子频域资源；
    其中，所述确定所述至少一个子频域资源包括：根据所述第二信息确定所述至少一个子频域资源。
  12. 如权利要求11所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二信息包括所述至少一个子频域资源的复用方式。
  13. 如权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，所述复用方式包括频分复用和/或码分复用。
  14. 如权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，当所述至少一个子频域资源为两个及以上的子频域资源时，
    每个所述子频域资源的复用方式相同；或者
    至少存在两个所述子频域资源的复用方式不同。
  15. 一种参考信号序列的配置方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    生成第一信息，其中，所述第一信息用于指示至少一个子频域资源对应的序列参数，所述至少一个子频域资源是所述第一UE用于映射参考信号序列的频域资源，所述第一UE的每个子频域资源对应于一种序列参数；
    向所述第一UE发送所述第一信息。
  16. 如权利要求15所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述参考信号为解调参考信号DMRS，所述至少一个子频域资源包括所述第一UE的DMRS所在的数据带宽中的部分或全部子载波。
  17. 如权利要求15或16所述的方法，其特征在于，所述序列参数包括以下中的至少一种：
    参考信号序列的根序列索引、循环移位值或正交覆盖码。
  18. 如权利要求15-17中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    生成第二信息，所述第二信息用于指示所述至少一个子频域资源；
    向所述第一UE发送所述第二信息。
  19. 如权利要求18所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第二信息包括所述至少一个子频域资源的复用方式。
  20. 如权利要求19所述的方法，其特征在于，
    当所述至少一个子频域资源为两个及以上的子频域资源时，
    每个所述子频域资源的参考信号序列的复用方式相同；或者
    至少存在两个所述子频域资源的参考信号序列的复用方式不同。
  21. 如权利要求15-20中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，该方法还包括：
    生成第三信息，所述第三信息指示所述第二UE的频域资源中用于发送参考信号的至少一个子频域资源对应的序列参数，其中，所述第二UE的至少一个子频域资源中第二子频域资源是所述第一UE的至少一个子频域资源中第一子频域资源的全部或部分频域资源，且所述第二子频域资源和所述第一子频域资源对应的序列参数不同；
    向所述第二UE发送所述第三信息。
  22. 一种控制信息的发送方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    将控制信息以频域离散的方式映射到用于承载所述控制信息的数据信道资源上，其中每个所述数据信道资源在时域上小于1ms；
    通过所述数据信道资源发送所述控制信息。
  23. 如权利要求22所述的方法，其特征在于，所述控制信息包括以下中的至少一种：
    混合自动重传请求HARQ应答信息、信道状态信息CSI或调度请求SR。
  24. 如权利要求23所述的方法，其特征在于，所述CSI包括以下中的至少一种：
    秩指示RI、预编码矩阵指示PMI、信道质量指示CQI、预编码类型指示PTI、波束指示信息BI。
  25. 如权利要求22-24中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述将控制信息以频域离散的方式映射到用于承载所述控制信息的数据信道资源上，包括以下中的任意一种：
    将至少一种所述控制信息中的每一种分成多个部分，并将每一种所述控 制信息的多个部分分别以频域离散的方式映射到所述数据信道资源占用带宽上的不同部分上；或者
    将多种所述控制信息分别映射到所述数据信道资源占用带宽上的不同部分上。
  26. 如权利要求25所述的方法，其特征在于，所述将至少一种所述控制信息中的每一种分成多个部分，并将每一种所述控制信息的多个部分分别以频域离散的方式映射到所述数据信道资源占用带宽上的不同部分上包括：
    将至少一种控制信息中的每一种分成两个部分，分别映射到所述数据信道资源占用带宽的两侧。
  27. 如权利要求25所述的方法，其特征在于，所述将多种所述控制信息分别映射到所述数据信道资源占用带宽上的不同部分上包括：
    在所述数据信道资源占用带宽上的至少一个部分中的每个部分中将第一控制信息从高频子载波到低频子载波进行映射；或者
    在所述数据信道资源占用带宽上的至少一个部分中的每个部分中将所述第一控制信息从低频子载波到高频子载波进行映射；或者
    在所述数据信道资源占用带宽上的至少一个部分中的第一部分中将所述第一控制信息从低频子载波到高频子载波进行映射，在所述数据信道资源占用带宽上的至少一个部分中的第二部分中将所述第一控制信息从高频子载波到低频子载波进行映射；
    其中，所述第一控制信息为所述多种所述控制信息之一。
  28. 如权利要求27所述的方法，其特征在于，当所述控制信息包括HARQ应答消息和RI时，且所述数据信道资源被分为子带1、子带2、子带3和子带4共四个子带时，所述将控制信息以频域离散的方式映射到用于承载所述控制信息的数据信道资源包括：
    将HARQ应答消息映射到子带1和子带3，将RI映射到子带2和子带4；或者
    将HARQ应答消息映射到子带2和子带4，将RI映射到子带1和子带3；或者
    将HARQ应答消息映射到子带1和子带4，将RI映射到子带2和子带3；或者
    将HARQ应答消息映射到子带2和子带3，将RI映射到子带1和子带 4。
  29. 如权利要求22-28中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述将控制信息以频域离散的方式映射到用于承载所述控制信息的数据信道资源上包括：当所述控制信息包括多种控制信息时，将所述多种控制信息分别映射到所述数据信道资源的至少两个时域数据符号上，并以频域离散的方式映射到所述数据信道资源占用的带宽上。
  30. 如权利要求29所述的方法，其特征在于，所述将控制信息以频域离散的方式映射到用于承载所述控制信息的数据信道资源上包括：
    将第一控制信息以频域离散的方式映射到所述数据信道资源在第一符号上的时频资源，将第二控制信息以频域离散的方式映射到所述数据信道资源在第二符号上的时频资源；或者
    将第一控制信息映射到所述数据信道资源的第一子带和第一符号上的时频资源，以及所述数据信道资源的第二子带和第二符号上的时频资源；将第二控制信息映射到所述数据信道资源的第一子带和第二符号上的时频资源，以及所述数据信道资源的第二子带和第一符号上的时频资源。
  31. 如权利要求29或30所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述控制信息在所述数据信道资源的一个子帧上占用的符号数为2个、3个、4个、6个或7个中的任意一种。
  32. 如权利要求29-31任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    当所述控制信息包括HARQ应答消息和RI，所述将控制信息以频域离散的方式映射到用于承载所述控制信息的数据信道资源包括：将所述控制信息中的HARQ应答消息和RI分别映到所述数据信道资源两侧相邻的两个时域数据符号上，并且以频域离散的方式映射到所述数据信道资源占用的带宽上。
  33. 如权利要求22-31任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，当所述控制信息包括HARQ应答消息和RI时，所述将控制信息以频域离散的方式映射到用于承载所述控制信息的数据信道资源包括：
    将所述控制信息中的HARQ应答消息和RI分别映到所述数据信道资源同侧的相同的时域数据符号上，并且以频域离散的方式映射到所述数据信道资源占用的带宽上。
  34. 如权利要求22-33中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还 包括：
    在发送所述控制信息时对所述数据信道资源进行速率匹配或打孔操作。
  35. 一种通过同步源进行设备到设备D2D通信的方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    用户设备UE根据第一同步源配置信息检测第一设备的信号，其中，所述第一设备为卫星设备；
    当所述UE检测到有效的所述第一设备的信号时，将所述第一设备作为所述UE的D2D链路的同步源，或者，当所述UE检测不到有效的所述第一设备的信号时，获取第二设备作为所述D2D链路的同步源，其中所述第二设备为卫星设备之外的设备；
    根据所述D2D链路的同步源进行所述D2D链路的通信。
  36. 如权利要求35所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一同步源配置信息是所述基站发送给所述UE的；或者
    所述第一同步源配置信息是预定义或预配置的。
  37. 如权利要求35或36所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE检测不到有效的卫星信号包括：
    所述UE检测到的卫星信号的信道质量小于第一门限值；或者
    所述UE检测不到卫星信号；或者
    所述UE在预设时间内检测不到卫星信号或检测到的卫星信号的信道质量小于所述第一门限值。
  38. 如权利要求35或36所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE检测到有效的所述第一设备的信号包括：
    所述UE在所述预定时长内检测到卫星信号，或所述UE在所述预设时长内检测到的卫星信号的信道质量大于或等于第二门限值。
  39. 如权利要求35或36所述的方法，其特征在于，所述当所述UE检测不到有效的卫星信号时，获取第二设备作为所述D2D链路的同步源包括：
    当所述UE检测不到有效的卫星信号的持续时间小于预定时长，且所述UE检测到第二设备的信号，则将所述第二设备作为所述D2D链路的同步源。
  40. 如权利要求36-39中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    向所述UE的基站发送指示信息，所述指示信息指示所述UE检测不到 有效的卫星信号。
  41. 如权利要求40所述的方法，其特征在于，所述获取第二设备作为所述D2D链路的同步源包括：
    接收所述基站发送的第二同步源配置信息，所述第二同步源配置信息指示所述第二设备作为所述UE的同步源；
    根据所述第二同步源配置信息确定所述第二设备为所述D2D链路的同步源。
  42. 如权利要求41所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二设备为所述基站。
  43. 如权利要求35-38中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述获取第二设备作为所述D2D链路的同步源包括：
    获取所述第二设备中同步源中优先级最高的设备作为所述第二同步源。
  44. 如权利要求43所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第二同步源为所述UE的基站或其它UE。
  45. 如权利要求35-44中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    将所述UE的D2D链路上的通信资源切换到与所述同步源相关联的资源或资源池上。
  46. 如权利要求35-45中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    当所述UE检测到的所述D2D链路上的信号质量低于第三门限值时，所述UE发射所述D2D链路上的同步信号。
  47. 一种用户设备，其特征在于，包括：处理模块和发射模块，
    所述处理模块用于：确定所述用户设备的至少一个子频域资源对应的序列参数，并根据所述序列参数生成参考信号序列，其中，一个子频域资源对应于一种序列参数；
    所述发射模块用于将所述参考信号序列映射到所述至少一个子频域资源对应的物理资源上。
  48. 如权利要求47所述的用户设备，其特征在于，
    所述参考信号为解调参考信号DMRS，所述至少一个子频域资源包括DMRS所在的数据带宽中的部分或全部子载波。
  49. 如权利要求47或48所述的用户设备，其特征在于，所述序列参数包括以下中的至少一种：
    参考信号序列的根序列索引、循环移位值或正交覆盖码。
  50. 如权利要求47-49中任一项所述的用户设备，其特征在于，
    第一子频域资源对应的序列参数是由所述第一子频域资源的第一资源索引值确定的，所述第一子频域资源是所述至少一个子频域资源之一。
  51. 如权利要求50所述的用户设备，其特征在于，
    第一根序列索引的序列组跳和/或序列跳是由所述第一资源索引值确定的，其中，所述第一根序列索引是第一子频域资源对应的序列参数中的根序列索引。
  52. 如权利要求47-49中任一项所述的用户设备，其特征在于，
    所述处理模块还用于：获取第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示所述至少一个子频域资源对应的序列参数；
    其中，所述处理模块用于根据所述第一信息确定所述至少一个子频域资源对应的序列参数。
  53. 如权利要求47-49中任一项所述的用户设备，其特征在于，
    所述处理模块还用于：获取第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示所述至少一个子频域资源对应的至少一种序列参数；
    其中，所述处理模块用于：根据所述第一信息和所述至少一个子频域资源对应的资源索引值确定所述至少一个子频域资源对应的所述至少一种序列参数。
  54. 如权利要求52或53所述的用户设备，其特征在于，所述第一信息所指示的序列参数为绝对值或相对值。
  55. 如权利要求47-54中任一项所述的用户设备，其特征在于，所述处理模块还用于：确定所述至少一个子频域资源。
  56. 如权利要求55所述的用户设备，其特征在于，
    所述至少一个子频域资源是信令指示的或预定义或预配置的。
  57. 如权利要求55所述的用户设备，其特征在于，
    所述处理模块还用于：获取第二信息，所述第二信息用于指示所述至少一个子频域资源；
    其中，所述处理模块用于：根据所述第二信息确定所述至少一个子频域 资源。
  58. 如权利要求57所述的用户设备，其特征在于，所述第二信息包括所述至少一个子频域资源的复用方式。
  59. 如权利要求58所述的用户设备，其特征在于，所述复用方式包括频分复用和/或码分复用。
  60. 如权利要求58所述的用户设备，其特征在于，当所述至少一个子频域资源为两个及以上的子频域资源时，
    每个所述子频域资源的复用方式相同；或者
    至少存在两个所述子频域资源的复用方式不同。
  61. 一种基站，其特征在于，包括：处理模块和发射模块，其中
    所述处理模块用于生成第一信息，其中，所述第一信息用于指示至少一个子频域资源对应的序列参数，所述至少一个子频域资源是所述第一用户设备UE用于映射参考信号序列的频域资源，所述第一UE的每个子频域资源对应于一种序列参数；
    所述发射模块，用于向所述第一UE发送所述第一信息。
  62. 如权利要求61所述的基站，其特征在于，
    所述参考信号为解调参考信号DMRS，所述至少一个子频域资源包括所述第一UE的DMRS所在的数据带宽中的部分或全部子载波。
  63. 如权利要求61或62所述的基站，其特征在于，所述序列参数包括以下中的至少一种：
    参考信号序列的根序列索引、循环移位值或正交覆盖码。
  64. 如权利要求61-63中任一项所述的基站，其特征在于，
    所述处理模块还用于生成第二信息，所述第二信息用于指示所述至少一个子频域资源；
    其中，所述发射模块还用于向所述第一UE发送所述第二信息。
  65. 如权利要求64所述的基站，其特征在于，
    所述第二信息包括所述至少一个子频域资源的复用方式。
  66. 如权利要求65所述的基站，其特征在于，
    当所述至少一个子频域资源为两个及以上的子频域资源时，
    每个所述子频域资源的参考信号序列的复用方式相同；或者
    至少存在两个所述子频域资源的参考信号序列的复用方式不同。
  67. 如权利要求61-66中任一项所述的基站，其特征在于，所述处理模块还用于生成第三信息，所述第三信息用于指示至少一个子频域资源对应的序列参数，所述第三信息中的所述至少一个子频域资源是所述第二UE用于映射参考信号序列的频域资源，所述第二UE的每个子频域资源对应于一种序列参数，其中，所述第二UE的至少一个子频域资源中第二子频域资源是所述第一UE的至少一个子频域资源中第一子频域资源的全部或部分频域资源，且所述第二子频域资源和所述第一子频域资源对应的序列参数不同；
    其中，所述发射模块还用于向所述第二UE发送所述第三信息。
  68. 一种用户设备，其特征在于，包括：处理模块和发射模块，其中，
    所述处理模块用于将控制信息以频域离散的方式映射到用于承载所述控制信息的数据信道资源上，其中每个所述数据信道资源在时域上小于1ms；
    所述发射模块用于从所述数据信道资源发送所述控制信息。
  69. 如权利要求68所述的用户设备，其特征在于，所述控制信息包括以下中的至少一种：
    混合自动重传请求HARQ应答信息、信道状态信息CSI或调度请求SR。
  70. 如权利要求69所述的用户设备，其特征在于，所述CSI包括以下中的至少一种：
    秩指示RI、预编码矩阵指示PMI、信道质量指示CQI、预编码类型指示PTI、波束指示信息BI。
  71. 如权利要求68-70中任一项所述的用户设备，其特征在于，所述处理模块具体用于：
    将至少一种所述控制信息中的每一种分成多个部分，并将每一种所述控制信息的多个部分分别以频域离散的方式映射到所述数据信道资源占用带宽上的不同部分上；或者
    将多种所述控制信息分别映射到所述数据信道资源占用带宽上的不同部分上。
  72. 如权利要求71所述的用户设备，其特征在于，所述处理模块具体用于：
    将至少一种控制信息中的每一种分成两个部分，分别映射到所述数据信道资源占用带宽的两侧。
  73. 如权利要求71所述的用户设备，其特征在于，所述处理模块具体 用于：
    在所述数据信道资源占用带宽上的至少一个部分中的每个部分中将第一控制信息从高频子载波到低频子载波进行映射；或者
    在所述数据信道资源占用带宽上的至少一个部分中的每个部分中将所述第一控制信息从低频子载波到高频子载波进行映射；或者
    在所述数据信道资源占用带宽上的至少一个部分中的第一部分中将所述第一控制信息从低频子载波到高频子载波进行映射，在所述数据信道资源占用带宽上的至少一个部分中的第二部分中将所述第一控制信息从高频子载波到低频子载波进行映射；
    其中，所述第一控制信息为所述多种所述控制信息之一。
  74. 如权利要求73所述的用户设备，其特征在于，当所述控制信息包括HARQ应答消息和RI时，且所述数据信道资源被分为子带1、子带2、子带3和子带4共四个子带时，所述处理模块具体用于：
    将HARQ应答消息映射到子带1和子带3，将RI映射到子带2和子带4；或者
    将HARQ应答消息映射到子带2和子带4，将RI映射到子带1和子带3；或者
    将HARQ应答消息映射到子带1和子带4，将RI映射到子带2和子带3；或者
    将HARQ应答消息映射到子带2和子带3，将RI映射到子带I和子带4。
  75. 如权利要求68-74中任一项所述的用户设备，其特征在于，所述处理模块具体用于：当所述控制信息包括多种控制信息时，将所述多种控制信息分别映射到所述数据信道资源的至少两个时域数据符号上，并以频域离散的方式映射到所述数据信道资源占用的带宽上。
  76. 如权利要求75所述的用户设备，其特征在于，所述处理模块具体用于：
    将第一控制信息映射到所述数据信道资源在第一符号上的时频资源，将第二控制信息映射到所述数据信道资源在第二符号上的时频资源；或者
    将第一控制信息映射到所述数据信道资源的第一子带和第一符号上的时频资源，以及所述信道资源的第二子带和第二符号上的时频资源；将第二 控制信息映射到所述数据信道资源的第一子带和第二符号上的时频资源，以及所述信道资源的第二子带和第一符号上的时频资源。
  77. 如权利要求75或76所述的用户设备，其特征在于，
    所述控制信息在所述数据信道资源的一个子帧上占用的符号数为2个、3个、4个、6个或7个中的任意一种。
  78. 如权利要求75-77任一项所述的用户设备，其特征在于，
    当所述控制信息包括HARQ应答消息和RI，所述处理模块具体用于：将所述控制信息中的HARQ应答消息和RI分别映到所述数据信道资源两侧相邻的两个时域数据符号上，并且以频域离散的方式映射到所述数据信道资源占用的带宽上。
  79. 如权利要求68-77任一项所述的用户设备，其特征在于，当所述控制信息包括HARQ应答消息和RI时，所述处理模块具体用于：
    将所述控制信息中的HARQ应答消息和RI分别映到所述数据信道资源同侧的相同的时域数据符号上，并且以频域离散的方式映射到所述数据信道资源占用的带宽上。
  80. 如权利要求68-79中任一项所述的用户设备，其特征在于，所述发射模块用于在发送所述控制信息时对所述数据信道资源进行速率匹配或打孔操作。
  81. 一种用户设备，其特征在于，包括：处理模块和收发模块，其中，
    所述处理模块用于根据第一同步源配置信息，检测第一设备的信号，其中，所述第一设备为卫星设备；
    所述收发模块用于接收所述第一设备的信号；
    当所述处理模块检测到有效的所述第一设备的信号时，所述处理模块还用于将所述第一设备作为所述用户设备的设备到设备D2D链路的同步源，或者，当所述处理模块检测不到有效的所述第一设备的信号时，所述处理模块还用于获取第二设备作为所述D2D链路的同步源，其中所述第二设备为卫星设备之外的设备；
    所述收发模块用于根据所述D2D链路的同步源进行所述D2D链路的通信。
  82. 如权利要求81所述的用户设备，其特征在于，
    所述第一同步源配置信息是所述基站发送给所述用户设备的；或者
    所述第一同步源配置信息是预定义或预配置的。
  83. 如权利要求81或82所述的用户设备，其特征在于，所述处理模块检测不到有效的卫星信号包括：
    所述处理模块检测到的卫星信号的信道质量小于第一门限值；或者
    所述处理模块检测不到卫星信号；或者
    所述处理模块在预设时间内检测不到卫星信号或检测到的卫星信号的信道质量小于所述第一门限值。
  84. 如权利要求81或82所述的用户设备，其特征在于，所述处理模块检测到有效的所述第一设备的信号包括：
    所述处理模块在所述预定时长内检测到卫星信号，或所述处理模块在所述预设时长内检测到的卫星信号的信道质量大于或等于第二门限值。
  85. 如权利要求81或82所述的用户设备，其特征在于，
    当所述处理模块检测不到有效的卫星信号的持续时间小于预定时长，且所述处理模块检测到第二设备的信号，则所述处理模块将所述第二设备作为所述D2D链路的同步源。
  86. 如权利要求82-85中任一项所述的用户设备，其特征在于，所述收发模块还用于向所述用户设备的基站发送指示信息，所述指示信息指示所述用户设备检测不到有效的卫星信号。
  87. 如权利要求86所述的用户设备，其特征在于，
    所述收发模块还用于接收所述基站发送的第二同步源配置信息，所述第二同步源配置信息指示所述第二设备作为所述用户设备的同步源；
    所述处理模块具体用于：根据所述第二同步源配置信息确定所述第二设备为所述D2D链路的同步源。
  88. 如权利要求87所述的用户设备，其特征在于，所述第二设备为所述基站。
  89. 如权利要求81-84中任一项所述的用户设备，其特征在于，所述处理模块具体用于：获取所述第二设备中同步源中优先级最高的设备作为所述第二同步源。
  90. 如权利要求89所述的用户设备，其特征在于，
    所述第二同步源为所述用户设备的基站或其它用户设备。
  91. 如权利要求81-90中任一项所述的用户设备，其特征在于，所述处 理模块还用于：将所述用户设备的D2D链路上的通信资源切换到与所述同步源相关联的资源或资源池上。
  92. 如权利要求81-91中任一项所述的用户设备，其特征在于，
    当所述处理模块检测到的所述D2D链路上的信号质量低于第三门限值时，所述收发模块还用于发射所述D2D链路上的同步信号。
PCT/CN2016/092409 2016-07-29 2016-07-29 参考信号序列的映射方法、配置方法、基站和用户设备 WO2018018628A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (7)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2016/092409 WO2018018628A1 (zh) 2016-07-29 2016-07-29 参考信号序列的映射方法、配置方法、基站和用户设备
JP2019504758A JP2019527972A (ja) 2016-07-29 2016-07-29 デバイス間通信方法およびユーザ機器
CN201680087866.8A CN109644416B (zh) 2016-07-29 2016-07-29 参考信号序列的映射方法、配置方法、基站和用户设备
EP16910208.4A EP3484216A4 (en) 2016-07-29 2016-07-29 METHOD FOR MATCHING REFERENCE SIGNAL SEQUENCE, CONFIGURATION METHOD, BASE STATION, AND USER EQUIPMENT
KR1020197005376A KR20190034258A (ko) 2016-07-29 2016-07-29 디바이스 대 디바이스 통신 방법 및 사용자 장비
BR112019001706A BR112019001706A2 (pt) 2016-07-29 2016-07-29 método de mapeamento de sequência de sinal de referência, método de configuração, estação base, e equipamento de usuário
US16/261,357 US20190159153A1 (en) 2016-07-29 2019-01-29 Device-to-device communication method and user equipment

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2016/092409 WO2018018628A1 (zh) 2016-07-29 2016-07-29 参考信号序列的映射方法、配置方法、基站和用户设备

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/261,357 Continuation US20190159153A1 (en) 2016-07-29 2019-01-29 Device-to-device communication method and user equipment

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018018628A1 true WO2018018628A1 (zh) 2018-02-01

Family

ID=61015951

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2016/092409 WO2018018628A1 (zh) 2016-07-29 2016-07-29 参考信号序列的映射方法、配置方法、基站和用户设备

Country Status (7)

Country Link
US (1) US20190159153A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP3484216A4 (zh)
JP (1) JP2019527972A (zh)
KR (1) KR20190034258A (zh)
CN (1) CN109644416B (zh)
BR (1) BR112019001706A2 (zh)
WO (1) WO2018018628A1 (zh)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020069170A1 (en) * 2018-09-28 2020-04-02 Intel Corporation Systems and methods for nr v2x csi feedback without dedicated reference signals
WO2022082792A1 (zh) * 2020-10-23 2022-04-28 华为技术有限公司 一种信号发送、信号检测方法及装置
EP3879734A4 (en) * 2018-11-08 2022-06-29 Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. Control information sending method, receiving method and apparatus, and storage medium

Families Citing this family (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109906572B (zh) * 2016-08-12 2022-02-08 瑞典爱立信有限公司 带有缩短传输时间间隔的pusch上的上行链路控制信令
CN107786316B (zh) * 2016-08-29 2019-03-15 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 一种无线传输中的方法和装置
CN108206724B (zh) * 2016-12-16 2022-03-25 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种数据传输方法及发射机、接收机、存储介质
CN108633059B (zh) * 2017-03-25 2021-06-29 华为技术有限公司 资源配置、确定部分带宽及指示部分带宽的方法及设备
CN108809587B (zh) * 2017-05-05 2021-06-08 华为技术有限公司 确定参考信号序列的方法、终端设备、网络设备
WO2019160499A1 (en) 2018-02-16 2019-08-22 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Compact downlink control information messages
US11303399B2 (en) * 2018-05-11 2022-04-12 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Reference signal transmission scheme for non-orthogonal multiple access systems
WO2020155189A1 (zh) * 2019-02-03 2020-08-06 华为技术有限公司 参考信号接收与发送方法、装置及系统
JP7154436B2 (ja) * 2019-03-05 2022-10-17 エルジー エレクトロニクス インコーポレイティド Ｎｒ ｖ２ｘにおけるｐｓｆｃｈを送信する方法、及び装置
CN111092703A (zh) * 2019-07-26 2020-05-01 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种信号发送方法、装置、通讯节点及存储介质
CN112449403B (zh) * 2019-09-05 2023-10-20 海能达通信股份有限公司 低轨卫星通信中的随机接入信道传输方法及装置
CN112448804B (zh) * 2020-11-18 2024-05-10 上海擎昆信息科技有限公司 一种dmrs频域映射方法及装置、电子设备、存储介质
WO2023138554A2 (zh) * 2022-01-24 2023-07-27 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 一种被用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102742216A (zh) * 2010-04-09 2012-10-17 华为技术有限公司 用于发射控制信息的系统和方法
WO2013020565A1 (en) * 2011-08-05 2013-02-14 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) Reference signal generation technique
US20150078369A1 (en) * 2013-09-17 2015-03-19 Qualcomm Incorporated Method and apparatus for dissemination of timing information in distributed synchronization device to device networks

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5245634A (en) * 1992-03-23 1993-09-14 Motorola, Inc. Base-site synchronization in a communication system
JP5159642B2 (ja) * 2009-01-06 2013-03-06 日立オートモティブシステムズ株式会社 情報端末、有効期限管理システム、プログラム及び方法
US8923464B2 (en) * 2012-11-16 2014-12-30 Qualcomm Incorporated Methods and apparatus for enabling distributed frequency synchronization
JP6139131B2 (ja) * 2012-12-27 2017-05-31 住友電気工業株式会社 通信システム、無線機、処理方法、コンピュータプログラム、及び処理装置

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102742216A (zh) * 2010-04-09 2012-10-17 华为技术有限公司 用于发射控制信息的系统和方法
WO2013020565A1 (en) * 2011-08-05 2013-02-14 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) Reference signal generation technique
US20150078369A1 (en) * 2013-09-17 2015-03-19 Qualcomm Incorporated Method and apparatus for dissemination of timing information in distributed synchronization device to device networks

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP3484216A4 *

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020069170A1 (en) * 2018-09-28 2020-04-02 Intel Corporation Systems and methods for nr v2x csi feedback without dedicated reference signals
US11711176B2 (en) 2018-09-28 2023-07-25 Apple Inc. Systems and methods for NR V2X CSI feedback without dedicated reference signals
EP3879734A4 (en) * 2018-11-08 2022-06-29 Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. Control information sending method, receiving method and apparatus, and storage medium
US11991698B2 (en) 2018-11-08 2024-05-21 Koninklijke Philips N.V. Control information sending method, receiving method and apparatus, and storage medium
WO2022082792A1 (zh) * 2020-10-23 2022-04-28 华为技术有限公司 一种信号发送、信号检测方法及装置

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20190159153A1 (en) 2019-05-23
BR112019001706A2 (pt) 2019-05-07
EP3484216A1 (en) 2019-05-15
KR20190034258A (ko) 2019-04-01
JP2019527972A (ja) 2019-10-03
CN109644416A (zh) 2019-04-16
EP3484216A4 (en) 2019-06-26
CN109644416B (zh) 2021-05-18

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2018018628A1 (zh) 参考信号序列的映射方法、配置方法、基站和用户设备
TWI744485B (zh) 用於窄頻通訊的窄頻分時雙工訊框結構
JP7167015B2 (ja) 無線通信システムにおける端末と基地局との間の物理上りリンク制御チャンネルの送受信方法及びそれを支援する装置
US11683768B2 (en) Method and apparatus for time and frequency tracking in cellular communication system
JP6961679B2 (ja) 無線通信システムにおいて端末のｄ２ｄデータ伝送方法及び装置
TWI736878B (zh) 無線通訊終端、無線通訊基地台、無線通訊方法及積體電路
CN107949999B (zh) 用于在通信网络中传送参考信号的方法和设备
JP5793067B2 (ja) 移動局装置、基地局装置、無線通信システム、無線通信方法および集積回路
JP6380705B2 (ja) 端末装置、基地局装置および通信方法
TWI772312B (zh) 基於無線網絡的通信方法、終端設備和網絡設備
CN107852711B (zh) 上行控制信道发送与接收方法及装置
JPWO2017169008A1 (ja) 端末装置、基地局装置および通信方法
WO2018027982A1 (zh) 发送参考信号的方法和装置及接收参考信号的方法和装置
CN113508633B (zh) 随机接入方法以及装置
JPWO2017169003A1 (ja) 端末装置、基地局装置および通信方法
JP6916872B2 (ja) スケジューリングされたｕｃｉ送信方式
US20230209558A1 (en) Terminal and communication method
CN113595706B (zh) 数据传输的方法、终端设备和网络设备
KR20190100338A (ko) 비인가 송신 방법, 단말 디바이스, 및 네트워크 디바이스
WO2018137222A1 (zh) 发送参考信号的方法和装置及接收参考信号的方法和装置
CN111757458B (zh) 通信的方法和终端装置
WO2018059270A1 (zh) 一种上行控制信号的传输方法、网络侧设备及终端设备
JPWO2017169004A1 (ja) 端末装置、基地局装置および通信方法
CN116325564A (zh) 用于pucch覆盖增强的方法和装置
CN113711657B (zh) 传输上行控制信息的方法和终端设备

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 16910208

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019504758

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112019001706

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2016910208

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20190211

Ref document number: 20197005376

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112019001706

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20190128